;MMffliM,lSP 


JIJj  0DJfl31ES§  of 
^^^  EDUCMIQN 

^^■^  1915 


tTiiiiiiifil 


iNIV     KSITYOF 
CAlJFOHNIA 

SAN  DIEGO 


J 


Digitized  by  tine  Internet  Arciiive 

in  2007  witii  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


littp://www.arcliive.org/details/complimentarysouOOcaliiala 


\^fe^  /ix*^ 


/  ^^  r::/-*^'^*^      C-C'^^'<l^Xy^-  ^'AA^V)/^ 


^. 


Minor  Portal,  Palace  of  Education, 
Panama-Pacific  International  Exposition. 


PRESENTED   TO 

THE   VISITING    TEACHERS 

BY 

THE   CALIFORNIA   TEACHERS'    ASSOCIATION 

AND   THE 

DIRECTOR    FOR   CALIFORNIA 

OF  THE 

NATIONAL   EDUCATION    ASSOCIATION 


Copyright  191S.  by 

ARTHUR  HENRY  CHAMBERLAIN 


FOREWORD 

THE  meeting  of  the  National  Education  Asso- 
ciation at  Oakland,  August  16-28,  1915, 
marks  the  fifty-third  annual  session  of  that 
body.  On  four  previous  occasions  the  or- 
ganization has  met  in  our  state :  in  1888  at  San 
Francisco;  1899  at  Los  Angeles;  1907  at  Los  An- 
geles, and  1911  at  San  Francisco.  On  each  of  these 
occasions  the  attendance  was  greater  than  at  any 
previous  meeting  of  the  association. 

The  value  of  an  educational  meeting,  however, 
is  not  measured  in  terms  of  numbers  attending. 
The  quality  of  these  meetings  and  the  results  grow- 
ing out  of  those  sessions  held  in  California  has  had 
a  marked  effect  upon  the  schools  of  our  state.  This 
year  California  called  to  the  educators  of  the  Na- 
tion to  come  again  to  the  Pacific  Coast,  not  from 
any  selfish  motive,  but  because  we  were  holding 
here  a  great  International  Exposition.  This  Expo- 
sition is  in  itself  a  world  training  school,  and 
teachers  from  every  corner  of  the  country  should 
have  an  opportunity  to  profit  by  it. 

The  California  Teachers'  Association  welcomes 
the  teachers  of  the  Nation.  It  welcomes  the  mem- 
bers of  the  International  Congress  of  Education, 
and  our  distinguished  guests  from  foreign  nations. 
We  in  California  feel  certain  that  this  third  Inter- 
national Congress,  this  fifty-third  session  of  the 
National  Education  x^ssociation  and  this  greatest 
of  all  International  Expositions  will  leave  an  im- 
press for  good  upon  the  teachers  and  the  schools 
of  California. 

We  beg  the  members  of  the  N.  E.  A.  to  accept  this 
booklet  in  token  of  our  appreciation  of  their  visit 
among  us. 

The  thanks  of  the  State  Director  are  due  those 
who  graciously  contributed  to  these  pages,  and  to 
all  who  in  any  way  made  the  issuance  of  the 
publication  possible. 

ARTHUR  HENRY  CHAMBERLAIN. 


L 

S3 


CONTENTS 

Cover  design  in  color,  Italian  Tower,  Palace  of  Education. 

Map  of  Bay  Region  (inside  front  cover).  Page 

Title  page   1 

Dedication     2 

Foreword,  Arthur  Henry  Chamberlain 3 

Contents 4 

Illustrations    5 

Frontispiece,   The    Liberty    Bell 6 

Welcome  to  California,  David  Starr  Jordan 7 

Greetings,  Hiram  W.  Johnson 9 

The  Panama-Pacific  International  Exposition,  the  University  of  the 

World,  Charles  C.  Moore 10 

Messages  from    Past   Presidents:    Aaron   Gove,   Charles    R.   Skinner, 
Oscar   T.    Corson,    William    H.    Maxwell,    Nathan    C.    Schaeflfer, 

Carrol  G.  Pearse,  Joseph  Swain 11 

Officers  of  the  General  Association,  N.   E.  A.,  for  1914-1915 16 

The  National  Education  Association,  Durand  W.  Springer 17 

The  National  Education  Association,  Irwin  Shepard 18 

The  Significance  of  the  Panama  Canal,  Benjamin  Ide  Wheeler 24 

The  State   Department  of  Education,   Edward   Hyatt 27 

State  Board  of  Education,  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  and 

Commissioners     30 

County  Superintendents  of  Schools 32 

City  Superintendents  of  Schools 33 

State  Normal  School  Presidents 33 

Members  of  the  California  Council  of  Education, 38 

California  Council  of  Education,  E.  Morris  Cox 42 

The  California  County  Library  System,  Charles  S.  Greene 45 

The    Philippine    Public   Schools:     Some    Salient    Features,    Frank    L. 

Crone    48 

My  Lincoln  Poem,   Edwin  Markham 51 

Life  in  the  Open,  Charles  Frederick  Holder 54 

El  Camino  Sierra,  W.  G.  Scott 59 

Sunrise  Over  the  Sierras  (poem),  Henry  Meade  Bland 62 

The   Exposition,  Its   Purpose  and   How  to   Appreciate   It,   Alvin    E. 

Pope    63 

Photographic    Reproductions    of    the    Panama-Pacific    International 

Exposition,  text  by  Arthur  Henry  Chamberl:un 66 

Educational  Congresses  and  Conferences,  James  A.  Barr 76 

California's   Education   Exhibit,   Panama-Pacific   International   Expo- 
sition, W.  G.   Egilbert 11 

The  California  Exhibit,  Palace  of  Education,  Arthur   Henry   Cham- 
berlain         82 

The  Panama-California  Exposition,  Louis  H.   Falk 96 

Our  Western  Wonderlands,  Arthur  Henry  Chamberlain 101 

Yosemite  National  Park 101 

The  Big  Trees  of  California 107 

Lake  Tahoe    Ill 

The  Grand   Canyon  of  Arizona 113 

Crater  Lake    115 

Yellowstone   National    Park 116 

Educational  Opportunities  of  Oakland,  A.  C.  Barker 119 

University    of   California 123 

Alameda    County    Schools 127 

San  Francisco:    Financial,  Commercial,   Industrial 128 

Index   to    Advertisers 130 

Publicity  Section    131 


PHOTOGRAPHS  AND  ILLUSTRATIONS 

Cover  design  in  color,  Italian  Tower,  Palace  of  Education. 

Map  of  Bay  Region  (inside  front  cover).  Page 

Frontispiece,  The  Liberty  Bell 6 

David  Starr  Jordan 7 

Hiram  W.  Johnson 9 

Charles   C.   Moore 10 

Durand    W.    Springer 17 

Irwin    Shepard    18 

Benjamin    Ide    Wheeler 24 

Edward  Hyatt 27 

Members     State     Board    of     Education,     Superintendent     of     Public 

Instruction  and  Commissioners 31 

County  Superintendents  of  Schools 34  and  35 

City   Superintendents    of    Schools 36 

Normal    School    Presidents 37 

E.    Morris    Cox 42 

Members  California   Council  of  Education 40  and  41 

Mariposa    County    Institute 44 

Frank    L.    Crone 48 

Edwin  Markham   51 

Charles    Frederick    Holder 54 

W.  G.  Scott 59 

Henry    Meade    Bland 62 

James  A.  Barr 76 

Alvin  E.  Pope 63 

W.    G.    Egilbert 77 

Photographic    Reproductions    of    the    Panama-Pacific    International 
Exposition — 

Tower   of  Jewels 66 

Tower  of  Jewels,   Night   Illumination 67 

Arch  of  the  Setting  Sun,  Court  of  the  Universe 68 

Inside  the  Court  of  the  Four  Seasons 69 

Palace  of  Education,  Italian  Tower  and  Court  of  Palms 70 

Palace  of  Education,  Great  Dome 71 

Looking  Across  the  Fine  Arts  Lagoon  at  the  Palace  of  Education..  72 

Palace    of    Horticulture IZ 

Main  North  Portal,  Palace  of  Transportation 74 

California    Building    75 

California  Booth,  Palace  of  Education 86 

California  Building,  Panama-California  Exposition 98 

Science  and  Education  Building,  Panama-California  Exposition 99 

Three   Brothers,  Yosemite  Valley 100 

Half  Dome,  Yosemite  Valley 102 

Aeroplane   View,   Yosemite   Valley 104 

Fallen    Monarch,   the    Big   Trees 106 

Grizzly  Giant,  the  Big  Trees 109 

Lake  Tahoe    1 10 

Panoramic  View,  Grand  Canyon  of  Arizona 112 

The  Colorado  River,  Grand  Canyon  of  Arizona 114 

Riverside  Geyser,  Yellowstone  National  Park 117 

Oakland  Commercial  Club,  Delegates  to  Salt  Lake  City 118 

A.   C.   Barker 119 

University  of   California,    Library 123 

University  of  California,   group  of  buildings 124 

Alameda   County  Schools 126 

Mission    Dolores    129 

Panama  Canal  Zone  (inside  back  cover). 

Outside  cover  design  in  color,  seal  Panama-California  Exposition. 


THE  LIBERTY  BELL 

Since  its  first  important  ringing  in  1753,  in  protest  against  the  issuance 
by  Great  Britain  of  Provincial  Money,  the  Liberty  Bell  has  been  the  symbol 
of  Democracy,  Good  Citizenship  and  Freedom  under  law.  Its  second  ringing, 
July  8,  1776,  announced  the  Proclamation  of  the  Declaration  of  Independence. 
Cast  in  London  in  1752,  it  'was  again  cast  in  Philadelphia  the  follo'wing  year. 
The  crack  appeared  July  8,  1853,  'when  tolling  to  announce  the  removal  of 
the  body   of  United  States  Chief  Justice  Marshall  from   Philadelphia. 

The  bell  'was  honored  everywhere  on  its  recent  trip  to  the  Exposition. 
It  no'w  hangs  in  the  Pennsylvania  Building  on  the  Exposition  Grounds.  It  is 
made  of  bronze,   is  three  feet   in  height,  weighs  2,080  pounds,  and  cost    $300.00. 


WELCOME  TO  CALIFORNIA 


By  David  Starr  Jordan 

President  of  the  X.  E.  A. 


T 


HIS   is  a   word  of  wel- 
come to  the  teachers  of 
the  United  States,  from 
the   teachers    of   California. 

We  love  California  because 
California  first  loved  us.  If 
you  stay  in  California  long 
enough  you  will  understand 
what  that  means.  It  means 
that  in  California  every  day  is 
a  day  of  joy  of  one  kind  or 
another.  California  is  to  the 
rest  of  the  United  States  what 
June  is  to  the  rest  of  the  year. 
It  is  the  spring-time  of  our 
republic.  It  stands  for  enjoy- 
ment of  life  and  of  all  life 
signifies. 

The  three  attributes  of  Cal- 
ifornia are  its  climate,  its  scenery,  its  elbow-room. 

As  to  the  climate,  California  has  but  two  seasons, — Spring 
and  Fall.  Spring  from  October  to  June,  Autumn  the  rest  of  the 
year.  "Half  a  year  of  clouds  and  flowers,  half  a  year  of  dust 
and  sky."  In  your  stay  in  California,  you  will  see  only  the 
azure  half,  for  spring-time  has  drawn  back  into  the  mountains. 
But  with  your  clarified  imaginations  you  shall  fancy  the  rest. 
You  may  see  in  your  mind's  eye  the  autumn  rains  which  "dash 
the  whole  long  slope  with  color"  and  start  up  again  the  optim- 
ism of  the  Spring. 

In  California  the  climate  is  never  our  enemy.  We  do  not 
have  to  shut  it  out  with  double  walls,  nor  scorch  it  or  stew  it 
with  the  remorseless  base-burner  of  the  suffering  East.  The 
house  is  used  to  keep  our  books  in.  If  it  grows  cold  in  the 
winter,  go  out  of  doors  to  keep  warm.  That  is  the  California 
way  and  one  soon  gets  used  to  it.  "A  monotonous  climate" 
some  have  called  it,  but  it  is  "like  the  monotony  of  good  health." 


Just  as  there  is  not  a  single  commonplace  day  in  the  full 
rounded  California  year,  so  there  is  not  a  monotonous  mile  in 
the  long  range*of  her  plains  and  seas  and  mountains.  The  high 
Sierras  do  not  shrink  from  comparison  with  the  Alps.  The 
highest  point,  Mt.  Whitney,  is  only  200  feet  lower  than  Mont 
Blanc,  and  there  are  forty  peaks  as  high  as  the  Jungfrau.  They 
have  no  hotels — only  a  blanket  under  the  stars,  but  that,  with  a 
burro,  is  all  you  need.  They  have  more  color  than  the  Alps, 
giant  trees,  swift  waterfalls,  and  though  less  picturesque  in  a 
white  and  green  way,  they  are  far  more  friendly.  There  is 
one  side  open  to  the  climber — the  west — while  the  east  side  of 
every  mountains  riots  in  unfathomable  precipices. 

Then  California  is  still  the  land  of  elbow-room.  Her  two 
great  cities  are  a  bit  crowded,  for  they  hold  the  melting-pots. 
But  outside,  the  men  grow  like  the  oak  trees,  each  as  it  may 
and  with  wide-spreading  branches. 

They  say  that  Californians  are  hospitable.  They  are  more 
than  that  and  more  than  tolerant.  They  enjoy  life  in  the  full, 
and  that  demands  giving  enjoyment  to  others.  They  give  and 
take,  never  concealing  their  opinions  and  never  asking  or  expect- 
ing concealment  from  others.  That  is  the  highest  tact — to  rise 
about  all  need  of  it. 

Finally,  as  teachers,  you  will  be  most  interested  in  our 
schools.  You  will  find  that  the  pressure  of  higher  education  is 
greater  in  California  than  anywhere  else  in  the  world.  And  the 
pressure  for  knowledge  is  felt  all  along  the  line.  The  rural 
school  is  seen  at  its  best  in  California,  for  this  out-door  land  is 
very  kind  to  children.  And  from  the  rural  school  grows  the 
County  High  School,  which  has  possibilities  in  a  land  of  sun- 
shine which  dwellers  in  realms  of  mud,  frost  and  blizzard  can 
hardly  understand.  Then  there  are  our  City  High  Schools,  our 
professional  schools,  and  all  the  rest  which  cannot  go  into  this 
enumeration. 

And  as  our  Spanish  predecessors  said :  "These  are  all  yours," 
our  house  is  yours,  our  horses,  our  automobiles,  our  service, 
our  hearts.  It  is  yours,  for  the  time  at  least  to  own  California. 
And  may  you  learn  to  love  her  as  she  has  first  loved  us! 


jeiecutivc  Department 

^tate  of  California 


California  offers  her  most  cordial  greetings 
to  the  National  Education  Association.  We 
feel  that  it  is  a  singular  honor  to  have 
assembled  within  our  State  a  body  which  has 
become  so  vital  a  factor  in  the  progress  of 
our  country.  It  is  our  earnest  hope  that 
those  attending  the  convention  will  find 
their  visit  to  California  profitable  and 


enjoyable. 


^y^KA^t.-c-.^/W 


Governor. 


PANAMA-PACIFIC     INTERNATIONAL     EXPOSITION— 
THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  THE  WORLD 

Charles   C.    McK)re,   President 


T 


O  the  delegates  of  the 
fifty-third  annual  con- 
vention of  the  National 
Education  Association  and 
their  friends,  the  management 
of  the  Panama-Pacific  Inter- 
national Exposition  extends  a 
most  cordial  welcome. 

You  have  come  to  the  Uni- 
versity of  the  World.  Here, 
for  your  delectation  and  in- 
struction, the  great  nations 
have  contributed  the  sum  of 
their  achievements  in  the  arts 
and  industries  —  the  world's 
best  efiforts  in  recent  years. 

There  is  no  association  with 
whose  purpose  a  world's  expo- 
sition holds  more  in  common 
than  that  great  organization  which  centralizes  the  educational 
impulses  of  the  country,  the  National  Education  Association. 
The  purpose  of  a  universal  exposition  is  to  bring  into  the  homes 
of  the  people  and  into  the  lives  of  those  who  seek  knowledge  a 
deeper  appreciation  of  the  world's  achievements  in  art  and  archi- 
tecture, in  industry,  in  sociology,  in  methods  and  principles  of 
education;  to  present,  indeed,  a  cross-section  of  human  achieve- 
ment. A  visit  to  a  world's  exposition  which  represents  the  con- 
structive elements  of  civilization,  is  an  education  not  only  of  the 
intellect,  but  of  the  heart  and  of  the  humanities. 

In  extending  a  cordial  welcome  to  you,  our  honored  guests, 
delegates  of  the  National  Education  Association,  and  the  assur- 
ance of  their  deep  and  lasting  appreciation  of  your  presence  in 
California,  coming  as  you  have  through  the  wonderland  of  west- 
ern America,  my  fellow  directors  of  the  Panama-Pacific  Interna- 
tional Exposition  join  with  me  in  expressing  the  hope  that  upon 
your  return  to  your  homes,  you  will  advise  your  friends  of  what 
you  have  seen,  that  they  too  may  enjoy  this  Exposition,  the 
worthy  contribution  of  many  states  and  nations. 


MESSAGES  FROM  PAST  PRESIDENTS 

At  a  late  hour,  the  Past  Presidents  of  the  Association  were 
asked  to  send  statements  or  greetings  to  the  teachers  of  the  Na- 
tion. Eighteen  of  our  Past  Presidents  are  now  living.  Contribu- 
tions from  several  of  these  arrived  too  late  to  be  included. 

Of  those  whose  messages  appear  today.  Aaron  Gove  was 
President  of  the  first  California  meeting  at  San  Francisco  in 
1888;  Charles  R.  Skinner  presided  at  the  Milwaukee  meeting  in 
1897;  O.  T.  Corson  at  Charleston  in  1900;  William  li.  Alaxwell 
at  Ashbury  Park  and  Ocean  Grove,  1905 ;  Nathan  C.  Schaeffer  at 
Los  Angeles  in  1907;  Carroll  G.  Pearse,  Chicago,  1912;  Joseph 
Swain,  St.  Paul,  1914. 

Of  the  other  living  Presidents,  there  are  :  Thomas  W.  Bick- 
nell,  Madison,  1884;  Nicholas  Murray  Ikitler,  l^enver,  1895; 
Newton  C.  Dougherty,  Buffalo,  1896;  James  M.  Green,  Detroit, 
1901  ;  Charles  W.  Eliot,  Boston,  19C3;  John  W.  Cook.  St.  Louis, 
1904;  Edwin  G.  Cooley,  Cleveland,  1908;  Lorenzo  D.  Harvey, 
Denver,  1909;  James  Y.  Joyner,  Boston.  1910;  Ella  Flagg 
Young,  San  Francisco,  1911;  Edward  T.  Fairchild,  Salt  Lake 
City,  1913. 

A  more  illustrious  group  of  men  and  women  are  to  be  found 
nowhere  in  the  United  States  or  in  the  world.  It  is  such  men 
and  women  and  a  teaching  body  from  which  others  of  like  merit 
may  be  chosen,  that  has  made  the  N.  E.  A.  the  most  important 
educational  body  in  the  world. — Editor. 


Arthur  H.  Chamberlain,  Director  N.  E.  A. :  Dear  Sir — 
The  first  Coast  meeting  in  1888  was  one  of  the  great  ones. 
A  membership  of  7,213  was  present.  San  Francisco  en  masse 
received  and  greeted  and  entertained  its  guests  as  only  that 
hospitable  city  has  the  head,  heart  and  ability  to  accomplish. 
The  names  of  many  active  participants  in  that  meeting  now 
of  fraternal  and  precious  memories  eminent  in  the  history  of 
the  construction  of  our  country's  educational  foundations  are 
no  longer  on  our  roll. 

Swett,  Hoitt,  Campbell,  Anderson,  Denman,  O'Connor,  Harris, 
Sheldon,  Marble,  Canfield,  Hewett,  Stevenson,  Greenwood,  Sol- 
dan,  Rounds,  Pickard,  Richards,  Sprague,  Woodward,  Peabody, 
Hancock  and  others  are  gone,  but  their  spirits  remain,  adding 
wisdom  and  power  to  our  councils,  in  which  must  be  initiated 
plans  for  the  further  advancement  of  educational  methods  and 
practices.  AARON  GOVE. 


11 


Albany,  N.  Y.,  July  28,  1915. 
Arthur  H,  Chamberlain,  San  Francisco,  Cal. : 

To  thorough  grounding  in  the  three  r's,  add  Spelling,  Gram- 
mar, History,  Geography,  Intelligent  Citizenship.  The  object 
is  public  education.  We  must  remove  inflexible  rules  govern- 
ing examinations,  and  make  them  attractive  and  practical,  not 
nightmares.  The  man  or  woman  possessing  the  true  spirit  of 
the  teacher,  a  love  for  children,  and  patience  and  sympathy, 
should  be  drawn  into  the  profession.  Children  should  be  pro- 
tected, not  driven  away  by  technical  regulations.  Educational 
leaders  have  great  opportunity  for  desirable  reform. 

CHARLES  SKINNER. 


Dear  Mr.  Chamberlain : 

All  who  have  ever  experienced  the  joy  of  a  California  wel- 
come and  enjoyed  the  rare  treat  of  California's  hospitality  long 
to  repeat  such  experience  and  enjoyment.  Thousands  of  teachers, 
therefore,  are  looking  forward  to  the  coming  meeting  of  the 
National  Education  Association  in  Oakland  with  delightful  antic- 
ipations of  the  pleasure  and  profit  which  they  know,  by  experi- 
ence, is  in  store  for  them. 

Thousands  of  teachers  who  have  not  yet  seen  California,  but 
who  have  heard  much  of  the  beauty  of  its  scenery,  the  com- 
forts of  its  climate  and  the  generosity  of  its  people,  are  look- 
ing forward  to  a  realization  of  their  hopes  some  time  to  visit 
the  Land  of  Flowers  and  Sunshine,  and  enlarge  their  vision  of 
life,  by  means  of  a  journey  to  the  Pacific  Coast. 

A  trip  to  California  is  always  a  delightful  experience,  and 
under  ordinary  circumstances  makes  a  large  contribution  to  the 
education  of  anyone.  This  year,  however,  it  will  mean  more 
than  ever  before,  because  such  a  trip  makes  possible  attend- 
ance upon  the  sessions  of  the  greatest  Educational  Convention 
ever  held,  and  also  a  visit  to  the  greatest  Exposition  in  our 
history. 

It  is  a  matter  of  congratulation,  therefore,  that  the  teachers 
of  America  are  privileged  to  meet  once  more  in  the  State  of 
California  under  such  favorable  conditions,  and  attend  a  great 
International  Education  Association. 

Very  sincerely  yours, 

O.  T.  CORSON. 

12 


Dear  Mr.  Chamberlain : 

Your  letter  of  July  16th  asking  for  a  letter  to  the  N.  E.  A. 
has  been  forwarded  to  me  here,  where  I  am  trying  to  pick  up  a 
little  health  and  strength  after  the  first  serious  illness  of  my  life. 
The  nervous  breakdown  which  I  have  suffered  has  for  the 
moment  greatly  reduced  my  energy.  You  will,  therefore,  I  am 
sure,  excuse  me  if  I  content  myself  with  wishing  the  members 
of  the  N.  E.  A.  the  most  successful  meeting  at  Oakland 
that  body  has  ever  held.  Most  gratefully  I  remember  how  you 
and  the  other  California  members  helped  to  make  the  Ashbury 
Park  meeting,  where  I  had  the  honor  to  be  President,  a  success. 
It  is  one  of  the  great  regrets  incident  to  my  illness  that  I  cannot 
work  with  you  for  the  success  of  the  Oakland  meeting. 

Very  truly  yours, 

WM.  H.  MAXWELL, 
City  Superintendent  of  New  York. 


Dear  Friend : 

For  the  fifth  time  the  National  Education  Association  will 
hold  its  mid-summer  meeting  on  the  Pacific  Coast.  The  first 
of  these  meetings  was  held  in  San  Francisco.  Nothing  was  too 
good  for  the  visiting  teachers  from  the  East.  Every  one  re- 
turned from  that  visit  with  the  profound  conviction  that  educa- 
tion had  a  great  future  in  that  Western  land  of  promise.  The 
hopes  of  those  days  have  been  more  than  realized  in  the  school 
systems  and  higher  institutions  of  learning  in  California,  Oregon 
and  Washington. 

The  second  of  these  meetings  was  held  at  Los  Angeles.  At 
that  meeting  the  things  of  the  mind  and  the  higher  life  received 
special  emphasis.  The  hopes  and  aspirations  of  the  educators 
at  that  meeting  have  since  found  expression  in  the  public 
schools  of  all  sections  of  the  United  States. 

The  third  meeting  was  likewise  held  at  Los  Angeles.  When 
the  railroads  of  the  East  refused  to  offer  satisfactory  rates,  the 
railroads  and  the  metropolis  of  Southern  California  came  to  the 
rescue  and  gave  the  N.  E.  A,  the  third  largest  enrollment  which 
the  Association  had  been  able  to  secure  up  to  that  date. 

At  that  time  the  second  Peace  Conference  at  The  Hague 
was  in  session.  At  Jamestown,  on  the  Atlantic  Coast,  the 
greatest   naval   display   the   world   had    ever   seen   occurred    in 

13 


connection  with  the  Exposition,  which  in  that  year  was  held 
to  commemorate  the  first  settlement  of  Virginia.  The  N.  E.  A. 
for  the  first  time  in  its  history  passed  resolutions  in  favor  of 
the  teaching  of  history  from  the  Peace  point  of  view.  The 
friends  of  peace  fondly  hoped  that  arbitral  justice  might  take 
the  place  of  war  in  the  settlement  of  international  disputes. 
The  fifth  meeting  will  have  to  face  the  failure  of  these  hopes 
through  the  most  terrible  war  of  modern  times.  The  effort  to 
stampede  the  public  schools  into  the  adoption  of  military  drill 
will  w^ithout  doubt,  be  made  under  the  plea  of  necessary  prep- 
aration for  National  defense. 

The  last  California  meeting  was  at  San  Francisco. 

F'ortunately,  this  year's  President  of  the  N.  E.  A.  is  a  Cali- 
fornia Educator  whose  voice  and  pen  have  ever  been  against 
militarism  in  all  its  forms.  David  Starr  Jordan,  let  us  fondly 
hope,  will  be  a  powerful  advocate  of  preparation  for  peace 
rather  than  war,  as  well  as  of  safe  and  sane  methods  of  National 
defense.  If  we  must  have  a  citizen  army,  let  us  follow  the 
exam])le  of  the  Swiss  Republic,  which  postpones  drill  with  mus- 
kets until  the  youth  has  attained  a  physical  development  beyond 
the  high  school  period,  usually  until  the  age  of  twenty  has 
been  reached.  I  congratulate  the  people  of  the  Pacific  Coast 
on  their  great  Exposition  and  on  the  prospect  of  another  epoch- 
making  session  of  the  National  Education  Association. 

With  best  wishes,  I  am,  very  sincerely, 

NATHAN   C.   SCHAEFFER, 


The  National  Education  Association,  now  entered  upon  its 
second  half-century,  is  serving  more  completely  than  at  any 
time  in  its  history  the  need  of  all  who  are  engaged  in  the  work 
of  American  education.  Special  organizations  for  the  meeting 
and  interchange  of  ideas  and  experiences  among  those  filling 
particular  parts  of  our  educational  field  are  useful  and  will 
continue  to  prosper,  but  the  N.  E.  A.  brings  together  into  a 
great  meeting  and  sets  before  a  common  platform  the  teachers, 
their  leaders,  their  employers  and  their  constituents.  The  edu- 
cational problems  of  most  concern  to  the  Nation  are  discussed. 
The  school  people  get  the  inspiration  which  comes  from  con- 
tact with  their  leaders  and  with  each  other.  No  other  educa- 
tional organization  serves  or  can  serve  such  a  vital  important 
purpose.  CARROLL  GARDNER  PEARSE. 

14 


Carmel-by-the-Sea,  Cal.,  July  27,  1915. 
Arthur  H.  Chamberlain,  Director  N.  E.  A.  for  California : 

Dear  Friend — Your  letter  of  July  16th  has  just  reached  me 
after  going  to  Swarthmore,  Pa.,  and  back.  It  is  like  California 
to  publish  a  little  book  for  each  member  of  the  N.  E.  A.  To 
me  a  return  to  California  is  a  home-coming.  Twenty-four  years 
ago  I  was  one  of  the  Pioneer  Faculty  of  Stanford  University. 
For  two  years  I  thoroughly  enjoyed  my  work  there  and  became 
a  Californian  in  spirit  and  in  truth.  Nothing  would  have  taken 
me  away  except  the  call  of  my  own  State  and  Alma  IVIater,  for 
Mrs.  Swain  and  I  were  supremely  happy  in  this  State.  While 
I  have  several  times  returned  to  California,  I  am  especially  glad 
to  return  in  this  year  of  the  great  Panama  Exposition,  and  when 
we  honor  that  great  American,  as  well  as  Californian,  David 
Starr  Jordan  as  President  of  the  N.  E.  A.  All  the  arrangements 
for  the  great  series  of  Educational  Congresses  under  the  auspices 
of  the  N.  E.  A.  seem  to  be  the  best  possible,  the  programs  are 
superior  ones,  the  attendance  will  undoubtedly  be  large,  and  in 
a  word,  everything  points  to  a  great  California  meeting  in  1913. 
From  past  experiences  I  know  that  the  generous  hospitality  of 
California  will  be  at  her  best,  and  that  all  the  great  gathering 
of  the  teachers  of  the  N.  E.  A.  will  return  to  their  homes  sound- 
ing the  praises  of  California,  and  with  new  inspiration  for  their 
work. 

As  one  of  the  committee  in  charge  of  the  Education  Con- 
gress, I  wish  to  express  my  great  appreciation  of  the  foresight 
and  wisdom  of  the  managers  of  the  Panama  Exposition  in  mak- 
ing education  such  a  prominent  feature  both  in  the  Exposition 
itself  and  in  the  magnificent  series  of  educational  congresses. 

To  the  members  of  the  N.  E.  A.  who  have  so  recently  hon- 
ored me  as  your  President,  I  wish  to  congratulate  you  in  the 
opportunities  spread  out  before  you,  and  as  an  old  Californian 
bid  you  cordial  welcome.     I  have  the  honor  to  be 

Very  sincerely  yours, 

JOSEPH  SWAIN, 
President  Swarthmore  College. 


15 


NATIONAL    EDUCATION    ASSOCIATION    OF    THE 
UNITED    STATES 


Offices  for  1914-1915 
David  Starr  Jordan,  President,  Stanford  University,  Cal. 
Durand  W.  Springer,  Secretary,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich. 
Grace  M.  Shepherd,  Treasurer,  Boise,  Idaho, 

Board  of  Trustees 

Carroll   G.   Pearse,  Chairman,   Milwaukee,  Wis, 
James  Y.  Joyner,  Secretary,  Raleigh,  N.  C. 
Robert  J.  Aley,  Orono,  Me. 
*James  M.  Greenwood,  Kansas  City,  Mo. 
David  Starr  Jordan,  Stanford  University,  Cal. 

Executive  Committee. 
David  Starr  Jordan,  President,  Stanford  University,  Cal. 
Joseph  Swain,  First  Vice-President,  Swarthmore,  Pa. 
Grace  M.  Shepherd,  Treasurer,  Boise,  Idaho. 
Carroll  G.  Pearse,  Chairman  Board  of  Trustees,  Milwaukee,  Wis. 
George  B.  Cook,  Member  by  Election,  Little  Rock,  Ark. 


Durand  W.  Springer,  Secretary,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich. 


•Deceased 
16 


THE  NATIONAL  EDUCATION  ASSOCIATION 


By   Durand  W.   Springer,   Secretary 


T 


HE  National  Education 
Association  is  the  larg- 
est organization  and 
contains  within  its  member- 
ship representatives  of  all 
phases  of  educational  activity 
from  the  kindergarten  to  the 
university — teachers,  adminis- 
trators, school  board  members, 
librarians,  school  patrons  and 
bookmen — in  fact  all  classes  of 
persons  who  are  in  any  way 
interested  in  the  various  edu- 
cational problems  of  the  day. 

Its  annual  Volume  of  Pro- 
ceedings   contains    papers    and 
discussions    covering    a    wider 
range   of    educational    thought 
than   are   to   be   found    in   any 
other  publication. 
Through  the  reports  of  its  various  committees  on  educational 
investigations  it  has  exercised  a  most  effective  influence  in  shap- 
ing the  educational  policies  of  this  country. 

It  holds  two  meetings  a  year,  and  brings  to  the  different 
sections  of  the  country  as  speakers  on  the  programs  of  those 
meetings  larger  groups  of  educational  leaders  than  does  any 
other  organization. 

It  deserves  the  hearty  support  of  every  teacher  who  believes 
in  the  doctrine  that  teaching  is  a  profession  worthy  of  the  best 
effort  of  every  person  rather  than  a  mere  occupation,  temporary 
in  character  and  one  to  be  escaped  as  quickly  as  possible. 

With  "Service"  as  the  central  thought  of  the  Panama-Pacific 
International  Exposition,  it  is  appropriate  that  the  meeting  this 
year  should  be  held  where  the  members  can  secure  that  inspira- 
tion in  viewing  the  artistic  setting  of  the  Exposition  and  study- 
ing the  practical  exhibits,  which  will  give  them  a  desire  to  make 
the  coming  years  the  most  serviceable  for  the  boys  and  girls  in 
their  respective  schools. 


17 


THE  NATIONAL  EDUCATION  ASSOCIATION 
By  Irwin  Shepard 

l^'ornier  Secretary 


A 


N  historical  retrospect 
of  the  growth  of  the 
public  schools  of  our 
country  discloses  the  noblest 
and  most  patriotic  aims  and 
efforts  of  its  citizens.  The 
early  absence  of  governmental 
organization,  support  and  con 
trol  of  these  schools  created  a 
demand  and  an  opportunity 
for  initiative  on  the  part  of 
teachers  and  citizens  in  organ- 
izing as  well  as  supporting 
public  education.  It  was  early 
realized  that  this  could  be  ac- 
complished best,  and  indeed 
only,  by  the  voluntary  associa- 
tion of  the  teachers  and  citi- 
zens esjjecially  interested.  The 
honor  of  being  the  oldest 
organization  for  this  pur])ose  l^elongs  to  the  American  Institute 
of  Instruction  which  was  formed  in  Uoston.  Mass.,  in  August, 
1830,  as  a  New  England  association.  Then  followed  a  period 
of  activity  in  organizing  state  teachers'  associations,  until  four- 
teen such  associations  had  been  formed  before  1857.  Other 
associations  for  the  same  purpose  were  also  formed  but  did  not 
prove  to  be  ])ermanent. 

The  need  for  a  teachers'  organization  of  a  national  character 
was  generally  felt.  In  1837  a  call  for  such  an  organization 
appeared,  which  call  was  ])r()posed  by  T.  \V.  Valentine.  Presi- 
dent of  the  State  Teachers'  Association  of  New  \'ork,  and  was 
written  and  issued  by  Daniel  15.  Hagar,  President  of  the  Massa- 
chusetts State  Teachers'  Association,  after  securing  the  signa- 
tures of  the  presidents  of  the  state  teachers'  associations  of 
Missouri,  New  Hampshire,  Indiana,  Pennsylvania,  Vermont. 
Iowa,  Wisconsin  and  Illinois.  In  response  to  this  call  a  meeting 
was  held  in  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  August  26,  1857;  a  constitution 
adopted  and  the  organization  of  "The  National  Teachers'  As.so- 


18 


ciation"  perfected,  with  forty-three  members.  This  association 
has  continued  its  great  work  for  fifty-eight  years.  Its  name  was 
changed  in  1871  to  "The  National  Educational  Association," 
and  in  1886  it  was  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  the  District 
of  Columbia.  In  1906  it  was  reincorporated  by  special  act  of 
Congress  as  "The  National  Education  Association  of  the  United 
States." 

During  the  fifty-eight  years  there  have  been  held  fifty-three 
annual  conventions  in  thirty-two  different  cities,  located  in 
twenty-two  different  States.  This  wide  distribution  of  meetings 
certainly  confirms  the  national  purpose  and  character  of  the 
association.  The  average  annual  enrollment  during  the  first 
twenty-seven  years,  in  which  twenty-three  conventions  were 
held,  was  but  230;  the  largest  number  in  any  year  being  380. 
In  1884,  at  the  convention  held  at  Madison,  Wis.,  the  annual 
membership  rose  to  2.729,  and  has  steadily  increased  from  that 
time.  During  the  seven  years  from  1884  to  1890,  inclusive,  the 
annual  membership  averaged  4,048.  During  the  next  ten  years, 
1891  to  1900,  inclusive,  the  average  was  7,817.  From  1901  to 
1910.  inclusive,  the  average  membership  rose  to  15,086,  and  has 
continued  at  an  average  of  15,132  during  the  past  four  years. 

For  the  twenty-three  convention  years  before  the  Madison 
meeting  in  1884  the  revenue  from  memberships  was  not  suffi- 
cient to  pay  the  cost  of  publishing  and  distributing  the  annual 
volume  of  proceedings  through  which  it  was  the  declared  pur- 
pose "to  distribute  to  all  the  accumulated  experiences  of  all." 
The  loyal  members  of  those  years  accordingly  contributed,  in 
addition  to  their  annual  membership  fees,  sufficient  to  secure 
the  publication  of  the  annual  volumes.  These  volumes,  before 
1884,  are,  therefore,  testimonials  to  the  generosity  and  devotion 
of  the  limited  number  of  members  of  those  years.  With  1884 
all  debts  and  deficiencies  were  paid  off  and  a  surplus  of  $3,400 
set  apart  as  the  beginning  of  a  Permanent  (invested)  Fund, 
which  has  grown  by  accumulations  of  thirty  years  to  $190,000. 
This  has  been  possible  because  of  the  continued  devotion  of 
the  members  and  the  economy  of  administration.  This  devo- 
tion is  illustrated  by  a  fact  worthy  of  note  that  no  member  of 
the  association  appointed  to  speak  at  any  convention,  even 
though  it  might  necessitate  a  journey  across  the  continent,  has 
ever  asked  or  received  payment  for  his  services,  or  even  the 
expenses  of  travel  and  subsistence.    Hence  the  Permanent  Fund 

19 


may  appropriately  be  regarded  as  a  monument  to  the  gener- 
osity of  the  active  loyal  members  who  have  for  so  many  years 
freely  contributed  their  services  to  the  annual  meetings,  which 
have  become  the  greatest  and  most  valuable  educational  con- 
ventions in  the  world. 

In  the  year  1892,  when  the  financial  integrity  of  the  associa- 
tion had  become  assured,  a  new  and  most  important  policy  was 
inaugurated  by  the  appointment  of  a  Committee  of  Investiga- 
tion, with  an  appropriation  of  $2,500  for  its  necessary  expenses. 
This  committee,  which  was  named  "The  Committee  of  Ten  on 
Secondary  Education"  called  to  its  aid  nine  other  committees 
of  ten  each  and  made  an  exceedingly  valuable  report  in  1893 — 
a  report  which  is  still  in  active  demand.  Then  followed  the 
"Committee  of  Fifteen  on  Elementary  Education";  the  "Com- 
mittee of  Twelve  on  Rural  Schools";  and  the  "Committee  on 
Salaries,  Tenure  and  Pension?  of  Teachers,"  whose  great  report, 
compiled  with  the  co-operation  of  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Labor, 
was  issued  in  1895  in  a  pamphlet  of  458  pages.  This  policy  of 
endowing  committees  of  investigation  has  gone  forward  as 
extensively  each  year  as  the  available  funds  would  justify.  At 
the  present  time  there  are  twelve  committees  of  investigation  at 
work  under  the  authority  of  the  General  Association  and  sixteen 
under  the  authority  of  the  several  departments.  These  com- 
mittees, however,  have  not  all  received  appropriations  for  ex- 
penses. In  this  way  the  association  has  still  further,  in  addi- 
tion to  its  extensive  and  valuable  convention  proceedings,  real- 
ized the  declared  purpose  of  its  organization,  as  expressed  in  the 
language  of  the  original  call  in  1857,  viz :  "to  promote  the 
educational  welfare  by  concentrating  the  wisdom  and  power  of 
numerous  minds  and  by  distributing  to  all  the  accumulated 
experiences  of  all." 

It  was  to  this  motto  and  to  the  spiritual  character  of  the 
work  of  the  association,  that  our  honored  and  revered  member, 
Doctor  William  T.  Harris,  referred  so  beautifully  in  an  address 
in  1891,  in  which  he  said:  "Spiritual  giving  is  not  a  giving 
which  diminishes  the  supply  of  the  giver.  He  who,  in  the 
papers  and  discussions  of  this  association,  has  expounded  his 
o\yn  experiences  and  reflections  has,  in  the  act,  helped  himself 
first  of  all  to  see  more  clearly  than  before  the  true  lessons  of 
life."  I  believe  it  is  true,  as  may  be  seen  from  the  volumes 
themselves,  that  no  one  of  our  many  devoted  members  has  ever 

20 


contributed  so  extensively,  and  so  richly,  to  the  spiritual  life  of 
the  association  as  Doctor  Harris,  himself.  And  so  this  great 
association  has  been  built  up  by  the  spiritual,  more  even  than 
by  the  material,  contributions  of  its  many  loyal  and  devoted 
members,  who  have  represented  every  State  in  our  Union,  and 
several  foreign  countries. 

In  this  connection  the  generous  and  valuable  services  of  the 
Educational  Press,  numbering  150  or  more  publications,  should 
be  recognized.  These  journals  have,  throughout  the  history  of 
the  Association,  especially  during  the  years  of  greatest  growth, 
rendered  loyal  and  effective  service  in  many  ways ;  always  with- 
out asking  or  receiving  any  compensation  therefor.  This  service 
has  been  of  a  value  beyond  computation  and  has  always  merited 
and  received  the  highest  and  most  grateful  appreciation  of  all 
officers  and  members. 

One  of  the  most  important  achievements  of  the  association 
has  been  in  proposing  and  securing  the  creation  of  the  United 
States  Bureau  of  Education  by  act  of  Congress.  This  Bureau 
was  first  proposed  at  the  third  convention  which  was  held  in 
Washington,  D.  C,  in  1859.  It  was  further  discussed  at  later 
conventions  and  the  desired  action  by  the  Congress  was  secured 
in  March,  1867,  chiefly  through  the  persistent  efforts  of  leading 
members  of  the  association,  assisted  especially  by  Hon.  James 
A.  Garfield,  who  was  at  that  time  a  member  of  the  House 
of  Representatives.  This  Bureau  of  Education  has  ever  been 
the  chief  co-operative  organization  of  the  association.  This 
co-operation  and  generous  helpfulness  has  steadily  increased 
and  was  never  more  important  and  effective  than  at  the  present 
time,  especially  in  all  of  the  arrangements  for  the  approaching 
International  Congress  of  Education  to  be  held  in  Oakland  in 
connection  with  the  Panama-Pacific  International  Exposition. 
It  is  worthy  of  note  that  an  International  Congress  of  Educa- 
tion was  held,  in  connection  with  the  World's  Columbian 
Exposition  at  Chicago  in  1893,  under  the  auspices  of  a  Commit- 
tee of  the  Association  co-operating  with  the  Bureau  of  Educa- 
tion. The  papers  and  discussions  of  that  Congress  were  pub- 
lished by  the  association  as  the  annual  volume  for  that  year  and 
is  one  of  the  most  valuable  of  the  series.  This  volume  shows 
that  forty-three  foreign  educators  contributed  to  the  proceed- 
ings of  that  Congress  representing  fifteen  foreign  countries. 

The  most  important  change  in  the  internal  organization  of 

21 


the  association  occurred  in  1895  when  the  active,  permanent, 
voting  membership  was  created  by  constitutional  amendment. 
The  number  of  these  members  has  reached  something  more 
than  seven  thousand  and  is  steadily  increasing.  This  member- 
ship has  given  the  association  a  permanency  of  character  and 
administration  which  could  hardly  be  secured  in  the  days  when 
the  associate  members  present  at  any  convention  were  entitled 
to  vote  on  administrative  questions. 

The  actual  growth  of  the  association  is  best  measured  l)y 
the  addition,  in  1870,  of  four  subordinate  departments,  viz. : 
School  Superintendence,  Normal  Schools,  Elementary  Educa- 
tion and  Higher  Education,  and  the  further  extension  in  subse- 
quent years  until  now  there  are  eighteen  such  departments 
working  under  the  general  direction  and  control  of  the  main 
association  and  representing  every  important  national  educa- 
tional interest.  In  addition  to  these  departments,  there  was 
created  in  1880  "The  National  Council  of  Education,"  composed 
of  a  limited  number  of  elected  members.  The  purpose  of  this 
Council  has  been  to  establish  in  the  association  and  its  depart- 
ments the  highest  standards  for  investigation,  discussion,  and 
formulation  of  educational  principles.  Its  work  has  been 
increasingly  valuable  and  helpful. 

One  of  the  helpful  and  inspiring  features  pf  the  association's 
history  has  been  the  delightful  and  generous  hospitality  with 
iwhich  the  members  were  received  by  the  citizens  of  the  various 
states  and  cities  in  which  the  annual  conventions  have  been  held. 
In  this  respect  no  state  has  ever  excelled  the  State  of  California. 
The  first  time  we  ever  met  west  of  the  Missouri  River  was  in 
San  Francisco  in  1888.  It  is  impossible  in  a  brief  sketch  to 
describe  the  reception  and  characteristic  welcome  with  which 
we  were  greeted  by  the  citizens  of  San  Francisco  and  the  entire 
state.  It  is  well  illustrated  by  the  fact  that  there  was  a  registra- 
tion of  4,278  members  from  California  alone.  Our  second  Cali- 
fornia convention  was  held  at  Los  Angeles  in  1899,  at  which 
meeting  the  same  royal  welcome  throughout  the  state  was  ex- 
tended, while  4,357  members  registered  from  California.  The 
association  later  selected  California  as  the  appropriate  state  in 
which  to  hold  the  Fiftieth  Anniversary  Convention  in  1906.  All 
arrangements  for  that  meeting  at  San  Francisco  had  been  com- 
pleted, when  the  great  fire  came  to  that  city  and  made  it  impos- 
sible to  hold  a  convention  that  year.     The  Fiftieth  Anniversary 

22 


Meeting  was  adjourned  until  1907  and  was  held  in  Los  Angeles, 
at  which  convention  17,324  members  were  enrolled,  including 
6,384  members  from  California  alone.  In  1911  the  association 
again  met  in  San  Francisco  with  an  enrollment  of  18,587,  of 
which  6,961  were  from  California.  It  is  therefore  not  surprising 
that  the  association  welcomed  the  call  to  hold  its  fifth  California 
Convention  in  directive  connection  with  an  International  Con- 
gress of  Education  in  the  city  of  Oakland  in  1915. 

It  is  impossible  in  a  brief  sketch  to  describe  adequately  the 
extensive  and  important  work  for  the  organization  and  uplift  of 
national  educational  interests  accomplished  by  this  association 
through  the  noble,  unselfish,  spiritual  services  of  the  loyal  and 
devoted  members.  It  is  anticipated  that  new  and  still  more 
useful  era  of  service  will  be  inaugurated,  as  its  members  meet  in 
the  great  Congress  to  be  held  in  Oakland,  California,  near  the 
Golden  Gate : 

"Where   the  autumn  and   the   spring  times  are   by   equal   glory 

graced  ; 
Where  the  winters  are  the   summers  that   Dame  Nature   has 

misplaced ; 
Where  every  moment  is  a  note  in  an  eternal  song. 
That  sings  adown  our  poppied  fields  through  all  the  seasons 

long; 
Where  roses  with  the  lillies  vie  through  every  fragrant  day 
And  Heaven  seems  so  very  nigh  it  can't  be  far  away ; 
W^here  close  to  man  on  either  hand  are  mountains  or  the  sea ; 
Well !    this  is  California,  and — it's  good  for  you  and  me." 


THE  SIGNIFICANCE  OF  THE  PANAMA  CANAL 

By  Benjamin  Ide  Wheeler 
President,  University  of  California 


T 


HE  Canal  is  open.  It 
was  begun  with  right- 
eous promptitude,  built 
under  suppression  of  graft  and 
yellow  fever,  and  opened  on 
time  and  on  equal  terms  to  all 
nations.  Had  there  not  been  a 
considerable  exercise  of  the 
promptitude,  particularly  in  se- 
curing right  of  way,  the  Canal 
would  not  have  yet  been  be- 
gun ;  had  it  not  been  for  army 
engineering  and  army  sanita- 
tion, no  man  knows  when  the 
work  would  have  been  com- 
pleted ;  and,  had  it  not  been 
for  the  repeal  of  the  tolls-ex- 
emption act,  we  should  have 
had  various  and  ever-recurring 
reason  to  wish  that  we  had  never  tried  to  build  a  canal  at  all. 
The  Canal  and  its  building  are  a  distinguished  credit  to  our 
government,  and  it  even  looks  as  if  its  administration  would 
shortly  become  such.  In  fact,  it  may  well  be  that  the  building 
and  operation  of  the  Canal  will  give  the  world  the  best  concrete 
assurance  on  the  largest  scale  yet  offered,  that  democracy  is 
able  to  avail  itself  of  the  best  expert  service,  and  set  upon  itself 
the  restraint  necessary  to  such  use.  If  so,  we  shall  have  co 
reckon  this  by-product  among  the  chief  benefits  of  the  Canal. 
The  whole  work  bears  a  good  name  for  its  "politics", — or  rela- 
tive lack  thereof;  and  its  beginning,  its  carrying  out.  and  its 
ending  bear  witness  severally  to  the  firmness  and  wisdom  of 
three  successive  administrations,  to  each  of  which,  as  far  as  the 
Canal  is  concerned,  the  American  people,  in  spite  of  its  wont, 
can  afford  to  be  ungrudgingly  thankful. 

It  is  evident  that  the  Canal  will  have, — must  have — with  the 
process  of  the  years,  an  overwhelming  influence  in  readjusting 
the  conditions  of  human  life  upon  the  globe.  There  are  four 
connections  in  which  the  canal  opening  will  be  immediately 
felt: 


1.  The  eastern  and  western  coasts  of  the  United  States  will 
be  drawn  closer  together.  They  have  been  wide  apart.  Their 
interests  are  different.  They  do  not  understand  each  other. 
Closer  relations  will,  however,  show  how  admirably  they  sup- 
plement each  other.  The  West  yields  the  raw  materials  of 
industry  and  foodstuffs.  The  East  is  industrial.  Interchange 
with  the  development  of  interdependence  will  make  their  very 
differences  a  source  of  union. 

2.  The  west  coast  of  North  America  will  be  made  accessi- 
ble to  the  world.  All  through  the  ages  of  man  on  the  globe  the 
Pacific  has  been  a  waste  and  neglected  area.  In  our  geog- 
raphies the  world  maps  always  begin  and  end  within  it;  the 
Pacific  is  as  good  as  never  in  the  middle  of  the  map.  It  is  so 
with  the  days;  they  end  somewhere  in  the  Pacific,  and  then 
begin  all  over  again  with  new  number  and  dress  before  they 
land  in  Asia. 

Everyone  who  has  looked  out  onto  the  Pacific  from  the 
beaches  and  bluffs  of  California  must  have  felt  it  a  lonesome 
ocean.  And  California  with  its  vast  plains  and  scant  population 
often  seems  a  lonesome  land.  Though  evidently  created  for 
the  special  use  of  humans,  it  has  had  to  wait  long  for  humans 
to  come  and  find  it.  It  lies  far  off  under  the  sunset,  a  blessed 
island  pent  up  between  twelve  hundred  miles  of  mountains  and 
desert  on  the  one  side  and  five  thousand  miles  of  barren  sea  on 
the  other. 

The  narrow  Pacific  Coast  strip  of  North  America  which 
California's  position  represents  has  been  hitherto  about  the  most 
isolated  part  of  the  usable  world.  Chile  was  much  more  acces- 
sible to  ships  from  Europe.  Ships  which  continued  their  voyage 
to  San  Francisco  had  not  only  to  cover  seventy  degrees  of  lati- 
tude, but  must  traverse  westward  the  equivalent  of  the  width 
of  the  United  States ;  for  Valparaiso  is  in  the  longitude  of  New 
York,  not  that  of  San  Francisco. 

Immigrants  from  Europe,  who  formerly  had  to  add  a  long 
and  uncomfortable  transcontinental  journey  to  their  sea  journey, 
will  now  be  set  down  directly  upon  the  pier  of  San  Francisco, 
and  at  a  cost,  including  food,  not  more  than  eight  dollars 
greater  than  the  fare  to  New  York. 

The  density  of  population  in  California  is  fifteen ;  that  of  the 
entire  strip  of  western  countries  from  Alaska  to  Chile  is  seven. 
Across  the  way  China  has  275,  Japan  350.  If  we  allow  one- 
half  of  California's  area  for  mountains  and  give  the  remainder  a 
density  equal  to  that  of  Rhode  Island,  the  population  of  the 


State  would  be  forty  millions.  There  is  evidently  some  colossal 
leveling-up  to  be  done.  Twenty-five  years  of  free  influx  from 
Europe  will  abate  the  Oriental  peril,  at  least  for  the  present. 

3.  The  states  and  peoples  of  South  America  are  to  be  drawn 
decisively  nearer  to  us.  Not  only  are  the  people  of  the  west 
coast  brought  into  intimate  relations  with  Atlantic  States  of 
North  America,  but  northern  and  eastern  South  America  will 
open  an  entirely  new  connection  with  the  Pacific  States.  More 
than  ever  is  it  clear  that  there  is  a  Pan-American  entity.  All 
the  Pan-American  states  have  a  common  interest  as  regards 
Euroi)ean  entanglements.  All  must  unite  on  a  common  basis  in 
administering  it  and  defending  it.  We  have  no  longer  occasion 
to  assert  for  the  purpose  any  exclusive  or  unique  position. 

4.  Japan  and  our  Pacific  Coast  are  drawn  more  closely  to- 
gether into  a  common  area  of  trade  and  intercourse.  Each  will 
have  to  know  what  is  going  on  with  the  other.  Japan's  great- 
circle  route  to  Panama  on  her  shortest  way  into  the  Atlantic 
passes  the  Golden  Gate  only  a  hundred  miles  out.  Japan  is  no 
longer  an  occasional  neighbor.  We  must  make  up  our  minds 
to  settle  down  and  live  in  the  same  world,  even  if  not  in  the 
same  country,  with  the  Japanese.  Our  misunderstandings  must 
be  frankly  met  and  boldly  and  fully  stated, — not  glossed  over 
with  formal  smiles.  We  and  our  sons  and  our  sons'  sons  will 
have  to  know  them  and  deal  with  them.  We  must  get  their 
point  of  view  and  understand  their  case.  It  is  the  only  way. 
We  cannot  ignore  them ;  they  are  in  our  world,  and  very  much 
in  it.  We  have  no  hope  in  violence.  Wars  settle  nothing, — not 
even  who  is  strongest. 

The  cutting  of  the  Canal  is  the  avenging  of  Columbus. 
When  he  started  across  the  seas  he  was  seeking,  not  America, 
but  the  Old  Orient  of  India  and  China,  and  their  gold  and 
spices.  The  heart  of  men  had  always  yearned  unto  the  East 
and  its  riches.  There  was  nothing  new  in  the  object  of  Colum- 
bus' search.  All  that  was  new  was  the  direction.  Columbus 
went  west.  Judged  in  terms  of  its  original  purpose,  his  voyage 
was  a  total  failure.  He  started  straight  for  Asia,  but  ran  upon 
the  long,  broad  dyke  of  land  we  now  call  the  Americas.  It 
has  cost  more  than  four  centuries  for  him  and  those  who 
swarmed  after  him  to  traverse  and  conquer  the  hindering  dyke 
which  rose  in  his  path  and  forbade  him  Asia.  The  opening  of 
the  Canal  is  the  first  cutting  of  the  dyke,  the  avenging  of 
Columbus,  the  end  of  the  four-century  halt,  the  resumption  of 
the  advance  toward  the  Orient. 


THE    STATE    DEPARTMENT    OF    EDUCATION 


C 


By  Edward  Hyatt 
Superintendent   of   Public    Instruction 

ALIFORNIA  has  a  very 
complete  and  well  or- 
ganized state  depart- 
ment of  education.  It  is  built 
upon  a  uniform  plan  with  the 
county  educational  organiza- 
tions, and  was  established  over 
thirty  years  ago  by  the  adop- 
tion of  our  Constitution.  The 
father  of  the  idea  was  appar- 
ently that  venerable  sage  of 
our  public  school  system,  John 
Swett,  who  was  the  state  su- 
perintendent during  the  forma- 
tive   period. 

The  underlying  idea  is  a 
combination  of  an  appointive 
board  of  education,  represent- 
ing centralized  power,  and  an 
elective  superintendent  repre- 
senting the  people  directly.  Thus  in  the  county,  the  county 
board  of  education  is  appointed  by  the  chief  executive  power  of 
the  county,  the  board  of  supervisors,  and  the  county  superin- 
tendent is  selected  directly  by  the  people  at  the  general  election. 
The  superintendent  is  the  secretary  and  executive  officer  of 
the  board. 

Similarly  for  the  state  there  is  a  State  Board  of  Education, 
appointed  by  the  Governor,  as  the  chief  executive  of  the  state, 
and  a  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction  chosen  directly  by 
the  people  at  the  general  election,  who  is  the  secretary  and 
executive  officer  of  the  Board.  It  is  the  theory  of  the  law  that 
these  two  different  powers  shall  be  a  mutual  check  and  safe- 
guard, each  upon  the  other,  and  that  each  shall  prevent  the 
other  from  going  very  far  wrong. 

Some  educators  insist  that  this  divides  power  and  is  a  bad 
thing,  in  that  it  harapers  complete  authority  in  any  one  power 
and  makes  possibility  for  dissensions  and  conflicts.  Up  to  date, 
however,  the  state  has  gone  on  the  theory  that  in  a  govern- 


ment  of  the  people  it  is  unsafe  and  unwise  to  put  complete 
authority  into  the  hands  of  any  merely  human  being;  and  a 
trial  of  thirty  years  of  actual  practice  in  both  county  and  state 
seems  to  show  that  sincerity  and  mutual  consideration  on  the 
part  of  these  two  balanced  powers  will  result  in  safe,  harmo- 
nious and  effective  action. 

The  state  educational  organization  then,  consists  of  the  State 
Board  of  Education  and  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruc- 
tion, together  with  their  various  deputies,  assistants  and  em- 
ployes, hereinafter  described.  The  members  of  the  Board  are 
seven  in  number  and  they  are  appointed  for  four  year  terms. 
At  the  present  writing  they  consist  of  the  following  individuals : 
The  president  is  Wm.  H.  Langdon,  a  farmer  of  Modesto,  E.  P. 
Clarke  is  an  editor  of  Riverside,  Mrs.  Agnes  Ray  is  a  housewife 
and  public  spirited  citizen  of  Oakland,  Marshall  DeMotte  is  a 
fruit  grower  of  Corning,  Mrs.  O.  Shepard  Barnum  is  a  citizen 
of  Alhambra,  interested  in  social  and  educational  progress, 
Charles  A.  Whitmore  is  an  editor  of  Visalia,  and  George  W. 
Stone  is  a  former  mayor  of  Santa  Cruz.  The  Board  is  given 
an  appropriation  of  $32,000  per  year  by  the  legislature  to  pro- 
vide for  remuneration  ($15  per  day  during  meetings),  traveling 
expenses,  salaries  of  commissioners,  expert  assistants,  clerks, 
stenographers,  and  other  necessary  employes,  together  with  fur- 
niture, contingent  expenses,  office  equipment,  supplies  and  the 
like.  The  superintendent  of  public  instruction  is  ex-officio  the 
secretary  and  executive  officer  of  the  Board,  as  has  been  stated. 
The  Board  appoints  three  assistants  to  the  superintendent,  who 
are  designated  as  commissioners  of  elementary  schools,  sec- 
ondary schools,  and  vocational  education,  each  with  a  salary  of 
$4,000  per  annum,  with  traveling  expenses  paid.  The  Board 
also  appoints  a  force  of  clerks  and  stenographers  sufficient  to 
do  its  necessary  work.  The  Board  at  times  sits  as  a  Retirement 
Salary  Fund  Board,  to  administer  the  receipts  and  expenditures 
of  the  Teachers'  Retirement  Salaries,  sometimes  wrongly  called 
teachers'  pensions.  This  involves  a  business  of  a  quarter  of  a 
million  dollars  per  year.  Collections  of  one  dollar  per  month 
are  made  from  each  working  teacher,  which,  added  to  five  per 
cent,  of  the  Collateral  Inheritance  Tax,  makes  up  the  resources. 
The  liabilities  are  a  salary  of  $500  per  year  to  each  teacher  who 
has  applied  for  retirement  upon  completing  a  thirty-year  teach- 
ing period.  There  are  340  names  on  the  list  of  annuitants  at 
the  present  time,  making  the  yearly  outgo  about  $150,000. 


The  chief  functions  of  the  Board  are : 

(1)  To  compile  or  adopt  and  to  publish  textbooks  for 
the  elementary  schools. 

(2)  To  issue  life  diplomas  and  to  prescribe  the  general 
conditions  for  granting  high  school  and  special  certificates. 

(3)  To  study  the  educational  needs  of  the  state,  make 
plans  for  improving  the  schools,  conduct  educational  investi- 
gations, and  recommend  changes  in  legislation.     . 

Thus  it  will  be  seen  that  this  lay  Board  has  large  discre- 
tionary powers,  and  that  it  is  admirably  adapted  to  initiate  and 
carry  out  important  enterprises  based  upon  the  investigations 
and  recommendations  of  its  expert  assistants. 

Closely  associated  with  and  related  to  this  Board  is  the 
office  of  the  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction.  The  Super- 
intendent receives  the  same  salary  as  other  state  officers,  $5,000 
per  year,  and  he  is  given  under  the  law  a  deputy,  a  statistician, 
a  stenographer,  a  bookkeeper,  and  a  clerk.  His  budget  for  sala- 
ries, contingent  expenses  and  printing  approaches  $30,000  per 
year,  of  which  the  largest  item  is  $12,000  for  public  printing. 
Besides  being  the  executive  officer  of  the  Board  he  is  specifically 
invested  with  the  following  functions  by  the  law : 

(1)  To  visit  and  superintend  the  schools  of  the  state. 

(2)  To  apportion  the  school  funds. 

(3)  To  print  and  distribute  the  blanks,  books,  forms  and 
laws  needed  by  the  schools. 

(4)  To  distribute  textbooks  to  the  elementary  schools. 
A  new  element  and  an  important  one  in  the  department  is 

the  presence  of  the  three  commissioners  of  education.  They 
constitute  a  mobile  force  of  expert  assistants,  for  going  about 
the  state  at  a  moment's  notice  where  help  is  needed,  for  inquir- 
ing into  educational  conditions  in  the  field,  for  investigating 
textbooks,  for  attending  school  gatherings,  for  speaking  and 
writing  upon  educational  topics,  for  digesting  the  facts  which 
they  gather  upon  their  rounds,  and  for  serving  as  the  circulat- 
ing, vitalizing  medium  between  the  formal  state  department  at 
the  capital  and  the  actual  school  officers  at  work  in  the  field. 
They  occupy  ground  midway  between  the  two  elements  of  the 
department,  and  tie  them  together.  Probably  their  two  great- 
est opportunities  for  real  service  are  in  school  architecture, 
touching  the  vital  physical  conditions  of  the  children  and  state 
textbooks,  aflFecting  their  intellectual  and  moral  natures. 

29 


This  is  sufficient  to  give  a  birdseye  view  of  the  mechanics 
of  CaHfornia's  state  educational  department  at  the  present  time. 
Its  spiritual  aspirations  and  activities  cannot  be  measured  here. 
It  has  been  organized  upon  a  liberal  and  generous  scale  charac- 
teristic of  the  Golden  State.  The  legislature  of  1913  doubled 
the  personnel  and  the  expenditure  of  the  department.  This 
generous  increase  imposes  an  added  responsibility  upon  every 
individual  connected  with  the  enterprise,  the  responsibility  for 
"making  good."  Their  only  excuse  or  reason  for  being  is  to 
improve  the  opportunity  of  the  children  out  in  the  schools.  The 
test  of  the  work  of  all  these  persons,  all  this  expenditure,  lies  in 
the  answer  to  this  question :  does  it  actually  result  in  any 
better  teaching  by  the  14,000  instructors  of  the  state?  Does  it 
result  in  better  opportunity  for  life  for  the  400,000  children  in 
the  public  schools  of  the  state?  This  must  ever  be  the  basis  of 
judgment,  as  it  must  ever  be  the  basic  test  for  every  one  who 
in  any  way  serves  the  cause  of  the  public  schools. 


STATE   BOARD   OF   EDUCATION. 

William  H.  Langdon,  President Modesto 

Mrs.   O.   Shepard   Barnum,   Vice-President Alhanil)ra 

K.   P.  Clarke Riverside 

Marshall  De  Motte Corning 

Mrs,  Agnes  Ray Oakland 

George  W.  Stone Santa  Cruz 

Charles  A.  Whitmore Visalia 

Edward  Hyatt,  Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction, 
Sacramento 

Margaret  E.  Schallenberger,  Commissioner  of   Elementary 
Schools,  Sacramento. 

Will  C.  Wood,  Commissioner  of  Secondary  Schools,  Sacramento. 

Edwin  R.  Snyder,  Commissioner  of  Vocational   and   Industrial 

Education,  Sacramento. 


30 


Will  C   Wood 

Edward  Hyatt 

Edwin  R.  Snyder 

E.  P.  Clarke 

Miss  Margaret 

Marshal!  De  Motte 

Chas.  A.   Whilmorc 

SchallenberRcr 

Mrs.  Agnes  Ray 

Mrs.  0.  Shcpard 

William  H.  Langdon 

George  W.  Stone 

Barnum 

Gpunty.y  Superintendents  of  Schools 


Coto«y" 


Name 


Alameda* . .  .>..•.'. 

Alpine .' .'.  .•. 

Amador  .    . . .  *. .  • 

Butte 

Calaveras 

Colusa 

Contra  Costat   

Del  Norte  

El  Dorado    

Fresno't   

Glenn 

Humboldt 

Imperial 

Inyo 

Kern 

Kings 

Lake 

Lassen 

Los  Angeles*t   

Madera 

Marin 

Mariposa 

Mendocino 

Merced 

Modoc 

Mono 

Monterey 

Napa 

Nevada 

Orange* 

Placer  .  

Plumas , 

Riverside* 

Sacramento 

San  Benito 

San  Bernardino*!   

San  Diego*   

San  Francisco* 

San  Joaquin  

San   Liils   Obispo 

San  Mateo  

Santa    Barbara* 

Santa  Clara 

Santa  Cruz   

Shasta 

Sierra 

Siskiyou  

Solano 

Sonoma 

Stanislaus 

Sutter 

Tehama* 

Trinity 

Tularet    

Tuolumne  

Ventura* ^. . 

Yolo  . >. 

Yuba  :■>... .,.. . ,, . . , .'.  .<»v , 


Geo.   W.    Frick 

Mrs.  Josephine  Vallem... 

W.   H.    Greenhalgh 

Mrs.   Pearle  Rutherford.. 

Teresa  Rivara  

Perle  Sanderson   

Wm.  H.  Hanlont 

Jos.   M.   Hamilton 

S.   B.   Wilson 

E.  W.  Lindsay t 

S.  M.  Chaney 

Geo.  Underwood  

A.  P.  Shibley  

Mrs.   M.   A.    Clarke** 

L.  E.   Chenoweth** 

J.   E.  Meadows 

Minerva  Ferguson   

F.  Brunhouse 

Mark  Keppel   '. . . 

Craig  Cunningham  

Jas.  B.  Davidson 

John  L.  Dexter 

Mrs.  Anna  Porterfleldt- • . 

Margaret  Sheehy** 

Mrs.  Nettie  B.  Harris.... 

Mrs.  A.  M.  Hays 

Geo.    Schultzbergt 

Lena  A.   Jackson j 

R.   J.   Fitzgerald; 

R.   P.  Mitchell 

Irene    BumsJ ■ 

Mrs.  Kate  L.  Donnelley}. 

Raymond   Cree    

Carolyne  M.  WebbJ 

W.  J.   Cagney 

Mrs.  Grace  C.  Stanley. . . . 

John  F.    Westt 

Alfred   Roncovlerl    

John  W.  Anderson 

W.    S.   Wlghtt 

Roy  W.  Cloud 

Mamie  V.   LehnerJ 

D.  T.  Bateman  

Champ  S.  Price 

Mrs.  C.  Cunningham 

Belle    Alexander} 

W.  H.  Parker 

Dan  H.  White 

Florence  M.  Barnes 

Frank  Bacon , 

Lizzie   Vagedest 

Mamie  B.  Lang 

Maude  I.  Schroter} 

J.  F.   Buckmant , 

G.   P.   Morgan 

Jas.  E.   Reynolds} , 

Harriett  S.  I^e 

Jennie  Malaley} 


^Address 


\ :„....;...    Oakland 

J. : . .  Sheridan,    Nev. 

'. Jackson 

. . . .- Oroville 

. ; San    Andreas 

Colusa 

Martinez 

Crescent  City 

Placervllle 

Fresno 

Willows 

Eureka 

El  Centro 

,  .  Bishop 

jj4. . .  .  Bakersfleld 

.r: Hanford 

Lakeport 

SusanvlUe 

Los  Angele.s 

Madera 

San  Rafael 

Mariposa 

Uklah 

.  .  Merced 
.  .  Alturas 
Bridgeport 

Salinas 

, . .  .  Napa 

. . .  Nevada  City 

Santa  Ana 

Auburn 

.  Quincy 

Riverside 

. .   .  Sacramento 

Hollister 

San  Bernardino 

San  Diego 

.   San  Francisco 

.  Stockton 

San  Luis  Obispo 
..  Redwood  City 
.  Santa  Barbara 

San  Jose 

....   Santa  Cruz 

Redding 

. .   .  Downieville 

Yreka 

Fairfield 

Santa  Rosa 

Modesto 

Yuba  City 

Red  Bluff 

. .   .  Weavervllle 

Vlsalla 

Sonora 

Ventura 

Woodland 

Marysville 


County  Sup'erihteh'dents  are  Secretaries  of  their  respective  County  Boards  of 
lOducation. 

•Counties  containing  Kindergarten  Schools. 
tCounties  having  appointive  Superintendents. 
JPhotograph  could  not  be  secured. 
♦•Photograph  In  Council  Group. 


32 


City  Superintendents  of  Schools 


City 


Alameda , 

Bakersfield  .   . . . , 

Berkeley 

Chlco   

Eureka , 

Fresno  

Long  Beach  

Los  Angeles  .... 

Marysville 

Modesto 

Oakland 

Orovllle 

Palo  Alto  

Pasadena  

Pomona 

Richmond 

Riverside 

Sacramento  .... 

Salinas 

San  Bernardino 

San  Diego 

San  Jose 

San  Luis  Obispo 

San  Rafael 

Santa  Ana  

Santa  Barbara  . 

Santa  Cruz 

Santa  Monica    . . 

Santa  Rosa 

Stockton  

Tulare 

Vallejo 

Ventura  .   ... 


County 


Alameda 

Kern 

Alameda 

Butte 

Humboldt  .' 

Fresno  

Los  Angeles  .... 
Los  Angeles  .... 

Yuba 

Stanislaus 

Alameda 

Butte 

Santa  Clara 

Los  Angeles  .... 
Los  Angeles  .... 
Contra  Costa   . . . 

Riverside 

Sacramento  .... 

Monterey 

San  Bernardino  . 

San  Diego   

Santa  Clara  .... 
San  Luis  Obispo. 

Marin 

Orange  

Santa  Barbara  . . 

Santa  Cruz   

Los  Angeles   . . . . 

Sonoma 

San  Joaquin   . . . . 

Tulare 

Solano 

Ventura  


Name  of  Superintendent 


tC.  J.  Du  Four 

D.  W.  Nelson 

JM.  C.  James 

. . .     Chas.  H.  Camper 

tGeo.    B.   Albee 

C.   C.  Starr 

**W.    L.    Stephens 

tJ.  H.  Francis 

. . . .  tWm.   P.    Cramsie 

Thos.  Downey 

A.   C.   Barker 

H.  P.  Short 

J.  C.   Templeton 

**J.  M.   Rhodes 

.  ..G.   Vernon  Bennett 

W.   T.  Helms 

JA.   N.  Wheelock 

**C.  C.  Hughes 

JL.   E.   Kilkenny 

F.  W.  Conrad 

.  **Duncan  Mackinnon 

Alex  Sheriffs 

A.  H.  Mabley 

tDavid  R.  Jones 

**J.    A.    Cranston 

JA.    C.    Olney 

tJ.  W.  Linscott 

Horace  M.  Rebok 

.  tT.   F.   Brownscombe 

Ansel  S.  Williams 

tw.  T.   Walton 

G.  V.  Whaley 

A.  L.  Vincent 


State  Normal  School  Presidents 


County 


Chico 

Fresno  

Humboldt  .   . . . 
Los  Angeles  . . 

San  Diego 

San  Francisco 

San  Jose 

Santa  Barbara 


Chico 

Fresno  

Areata 

Los  Angeles  . . . 

San  Diego 

San  Francisco 

San  Jose 

Santa  Barbara 


Name  of  President 


Allison  Ware 

C.  L.  McLane 

N.  B.  Van  Matre 

.Jessie  F.   Millspaugh 

Edward  F.  Hardy 

Frederic  Burk 

M.  B.  Dailey 

.  .Miss  Ednah  A.  Rich 


tPhotograph  could  not  be  secured. 
♦♦Photograph  in  Council  Group. 

J.   C.   Templeton,   Superintendent-Elect  of  Modesto. 
Walter  H.  Nichols,   Superintendent-Elect  of  Palo  Alto. 
R.   B.   Stover,   Superintendent-Elect  of  San   Bernardino. 


33 


COUNTY   SUPERINTENDENTS   OF    SCHOOLS 
Jno.  Anderson  Frank  A.  Bacon  Florence  Barnes  D.*T.  Bateman 

F.  Brunhouse  W.  J.  CaRney  S.  M.  Chaney  Mrs.  M.  A.  Clarke 

Roy  W.  Cloud  Raymond  Cree  Charlotte  Cunningham       Jas.  B.  Davidson 

John  L.  Dexter  Minerva  Ferguson  R.  J.  Fitzgerald  Geo.  W.  Frick 

W.  H.  Greenhalgh  Nettie  B.  Harris  Jos.  M.  Hamilton  Alice  M.  Hays 


34 


COUNTY   SUPERINTENDENTS   OF    SCHOOLS 

Mark  Keppel  Mamie  B.  Lang  Harriet  S.  Lee  J.  Meadows 

R.  P.'  Mitchell  G.  P.  Morgan '  W.  H.  Parker  Champ  Price 

Teresa  Rivara  Alfred  Roncovieri  Perle  Rutherford  Perle  Sanderson 

A.tP.  Shibleyl  Grace  C.  Stanley  Geo.  Underwood  Mrs.  Josephine  Vallem 

Dan  H.\White  S.  B.  Wilson 


35 


GROUP  OF   CITY  SUPERINTENDENTS 

A.  C.  Barker  G.  Vernon  Bennett  Chas.  H.  Camper  F.  W.  Conrad 

Thos.  Downey  Walter  T.  Helms;  A.  II>Mablcy  D.  W.  Nelson 

Walter  H.  Nichols  Horace  M.  Rebok  Alex  Sheriffs  H.  P.  Short 

Chas.  C.  Starr  R.  B.  Stover  J.  C.  Templeton  Ansel  S.  Williams 

G.  V.  Whaley  A.  L.  Vincent 


36 


CALIFORNIA   STATE    NORMAL    SCHOOL    PRESIDENTS 


Frederic  Burk 
C.  L.  McLane 
N.  B.  Van  Matre 


M.  E.  Dailey 
Jesse  F.  Millspaugh 


Exlward  L.  Hardy 
Miss  Ednah  A.  Rich 
Allison  Ware 


37 


CALIFORNIA  TEACHERS'  ASSOCIATION 
CALIFORNIA  COUNCIL  OF  EDUCATION 


President,  E.  MORRIS  COX,  City  Hall,  Oakland 
Secretary,  ARTHUR  H.  CHAMBERLAIN,  Monadnock  Bldg.,  San  Francisco        ' 

BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS 

E.  Morris  Cox^  President 
A.  J.  Cloud,  San  Francisco  Miss  Edith  Hodgkins,  Los  Angeles 

C.  H.  Covell,  Redlands  Miss  Anna  Keefe,  Oakland 

J.  A.  Cranston,  Santa  Ana  E.  W.  LindsayJ,  Fresno 

Mrs.  S.  M.  Dorsey,  Los  Angeles  H.  G.  Rawlins,  Willows 


BAY  SECTION,  CALIFORNIA  TEACHERS'  ASSOCIATION 

President,  A.  J.  Cloud,  San  Francisco 
Secretary,  W.  L.  GLAscoriit,  San  Mateo 

Representatives  in  Council  of  Education 
L.  B.  Avery,  Oakland;  F.  K.  Barthel,  San  Francisco;  A.  J.  Cloud,  San 
Francisco;  Minnie  Coultert,  Santa  Rosa;  E.  Morris  Cox,  Oakland;  W.  L. 
Glascockt,  San  Mateo;  Anna  Keefe,  Oakland;  C.  J.  Du  Fourt,  Alameda; 
Alexis  F.  Lange,  Berkeley ;  J.  W.  Linscottt,  Santa  Cruz ;  Elizabeth  Sherman, 
Oakland. 


CENTRAL  SECTION,  CALIFORNIA  TEACHERS'  ASSOCIATION 

President,  Craig  Cunningham,  Madera 
Secretary,  E.  W.  LindsayJ,  Fresno 

Representatives  in  Council  of  Education 

Lawrence   Chenoweth,   Bakersfield ;   Craig   Cunningham,   Madera;    W.   D. 
Bannister,  Lemoore ;  E.  W.  Lindsay*,  Fresno ;  Margaret  Shecliy,  Mvrcod. 


^Photographs  could  not  be  secured. 

38 


NORTHERN  SECTION,  CALIFORNIA  TEACHERS' 
ASSOCIATION 

President,  Ralph  W.  Camper,  Williams 
Secretary,  H.  G.  Rawlins,  Willows 

Representatives  in  Council  of  Education 
Ralph  W.  Camper,  Williams;  Chas.  C.  Hughes,  Sacramento;  H.  G.  Raw- 
lins, Willows;  Allison  Ware,  Chico. 


SOUTHERN  SECTION,  CALIFORNIA  TEACHERS' 
ASSOCIATION 

President,  C.  H.  Covell,  Redlands 
Secretary,  J.  O.  Cross,  Pasadena 

Representatives  in  Council  of  Education 

H.  J.  Baldwin,  San  Diego ;  Carrie  Coddington,  San  Bernardino ;  L.  E. 
Cooley,  El  Centro;  J.  A.  Cranston,  Santa  Ana;  C.  H.  Covell,  Redlands;  J.  O. 
Cross,  Pasadena;  Mrs.  S.  M.  Dorsey,  Los  Angeles;  J.  H.  Francist,  Los  An- 
geles; Edith  M.  Hodgkins,  Los  Angeles;  Bessie  Jackson,  Pasadena;  Cora  E. 
Lamb,  Los  Angeles;  Duncan  Mackinnon,  San  Diego;  H.  H.  McCutchan, 
Long  Beach ;  Emily  Pryort,  South  Pasadena ;  J.  E.  Reynoldst,  Ventura ;  J.  H. 
Rhodes,  Pasadena ;  W.  L.  Stephens,  Long  Beach ;  W.  W.  Trittt,  Los  Angeles ; 
A.  N.  Wheelock,  Riverside. 


SIERRA    EDUCATIONAL    NEWS 
The  Official  Organ  of  the  California  Teachers'  Association 

ARTHUR  HENRY  CHAMBERLAIN, 
Secy,  of  the  Council,  Editor 

Contributing  Editors 
Bay  Section — D.  R.  Jones,  San  Rafael 
Central  Section — Miss  Fannie  Rosendahl,  Fresno 
Northern  Section — J.  D.   Sweeney,  Red  Bluff 
Southern    Section — Miss   Caroline    Harris,   Los   Angeles 

Advisory  Editorial  Board 

Dr.  R.  G.  Boone,  Chairman;  W.  D.  Bannister,  Minnie  Coulter, 

Chas.  C.  Hughes,  W.  L.  Stephens 

Auditing  Committee 
F.  K.  Barthel,  San  Francisco  C.  J.  Du  Four,  Alameda 

tPhotographs  could  not  be  secured. 

39 


MEMBERS    COUNCIL    OF    EDUCATION 

E.  Morris  Cox  Lewis  B.  Avery  Hugh  J.  Baldwin  W.  D.  Bannister 

F.  K.  Barthel                    Ralph  W.  Camper             Lawrence E.Chenowelh  A.  J.  Cloud 
Carrie  Coddinelon             L.  E.  Cooley                     C.  H.  Covell  J.  A.  Cranston 
Jerome  0.  Cross  Craig  Cunningham 


40 


MEMBERS    COUNCIL   OF    EDUCATION 


Mrs.  Susan  M.  Dorsey 
Anna  Keefe 
H.  H.  McCutchan 
Elizabeth  Sherman 


Edith  M.  Hodgkins  Chas.  C.  Hughes  Elizabeth  Jackson 

Cora  E.  Lamb  Alexis  F.  Lange  Duncan  Mackinnon 

H.  G.  Rawlins  Jeremiah  M.  Rhodes  Margaret  Sheehy 

W.  L.  Stephens  Allison  Ware 


41 


CALIFORNIA  COUNCIL  OF   EDUCATION 


By  E.  Morris  Cox,  President 


T 


HE  present  form  of 
organization  of  the 
California  Teachers' 
Association  has  been  in  opera- 
tion since  January,  1910.  Two 
years'  previous  a  resolution 
was  adopted  in  the  organiza- 
tion then  known  as  the  Cali- 
fornia Teachers'  Association, 
calling  for  the  appointment  of 
a  committee  to  consider  the 
advisability  of  reorganizing  the 
teachers'  organizations  in  a 
manner  that  might  more  fully 
represent  the  whole  State, 
bring  closer  unity  and  co-oper- 
ation, and  provide  means  for 
more  eflfectively  accomplishing 
the  will  of  the  organizations. 
A  year  later  this  committee,  of 
which  Mr.  James  A.  Barr  was  Chairman,  made  a  report  which 
outlined  at  length  many  proposed  departures.  This  report  was 
adopted  unanimously.  The  following  are  the  recommendations 
made  in  that  report : 

1.  "That  the  incoming  president  of  the  California  Teachers' 
Association  be  requested  to  call  a  meeting  of  the  presidents  and 
secretaries  of  the  various  teachers'  organizations  for  the  earliest 
possible  date  in  January. 

2.  That  at  this  meeting  at  least  three  matters  be  considered, 
viz. :  (a)  A  concert  of  action  on  matters  of  common  interest  for 
the  year  1909;  (b)   Plans  for  affiliation;   (c)   School  legislation. 

3.  That  the  president  of  the  California  Teachers'  Association 
be  requested  to  arrange  for  a  joint  conference,  not  later  than 
July  of  each  year,  with  the  presidents  and  secretaries  of  the 
various  departments  to  harmonize  programs,  avoid  duplication 
of  work  and  secure  the  active  co-operation  of  each  department  in 
general  plans  of  the  association  and  of  affiliated  organizations. 

4.  That  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  California  Teachers' 
Association  be  urged  at  once  to  consider  the  feasibility  of  estab- 
lishing a  high-class  educational  monthly  journal,  with  the  hope 
that  such  journal  may  have  sufficient  merit  as  to  fully  warrant 


42 


the  State  Board  of  Education  in  designating  it  as  the  official 
organ  of  the   Department  of  Public   Instruction. 

5.  That  the  Board  of  Directors  be  urged  to  appoint  at  the 
earliest  possible  moment  a  permanent  salaried  secretary,  capable 
of  directing  the  afifairs  of  the  association  and  of  editing  any 
journal  that  may  be  established." 

A  salaried  secretary  was  employed  immediately  and  a  month 
later  an  official  journal — The  Sierra  Educational  News — was 
issued.  In  April,  1909,  the  presidents  of  the  various  associa- 
tions in  the  State  agreed  upon  a  plan  for  the  affiliation  of  these 
organizations  in  a  State  Council  of  Education.  Their  proposal 
of  the  duties  and  purposes  of  the  Council  reads  as  follows : 

1.  "This  council  shall  be  a  permanent  committee  on  legisla- 
tion to  represent  the  educational  interests  of  the  members  of 
the  associations. 

2.  It  shall  have  authority  to  establish  and  support  an  official 
means  of  communication  with  the  members  of  the  associations. 

3.  It  shall  have  power  to  deliberate  on  educational  ques- 
tions, policies  and  reforms,  and  to  make  recommendations  re- 
garding the  same. 

4.  It  shall  have  power  to  take  action  upon  all  questions 
referred  to  it  by  the  associations. 

5.  It  shall  have  power  to  choose  its  own  officials  and  define 
their  duties." 

This  proposed  plan  was  submitted  to  the  various  organiza- 
tions at  their  annual  meetings  during  the  year  1909  and  was 
ratified  by  each  one  so  that  in  December  of  that  year  a  tem- 
porary organization  of  the  new  Council  was  effected  and  plans 
made  for  the  annual  meeting  in  April  following,  at  which  time 
the  permanent  organization  of  the  present  Council  of  Education 
was  perfected.  At  this  meeting  a  committee  was  appointed  to 
draft  by-laws  and  articles  of  incorporation.  These  were  com- 
pleted and  adopted  the  following  October.  At  the  first  meeting 
this  statement  of  the  need  of  an  official  journal  was  adopted : 

"We  regard  a  means  of  communication  as  indispensable  to 
any  efifective  plan  of  affiliation.  We  believe  that  a  monthly 
journal  is  necessary  for  the  dissemination  of  educational  doc- 
trines and  for  the  proper  support  of  these  doctrines.  We 
believe  that  an  effective  co-operation  of  the  teaching  body  of 
California  with  its  representatives  in  this  Council  demands  such 
a  means  of  communication." 

For  five  years  the  California  Council  of  Education  has  had  a 
permanent  secretary  and  an  official  journal.  For  five  years  this 
Council  with  its  secretary  and  journal  has  been  attempting  to 

43 


fulfill  the  purposes  for  which  it  was  established.  The  member- 
ship in  the  affiliated  bodies  has  increased  in  that  time  from 
6,000  to  10,000  members.  The  News  has  gone  to  each  member 
ten  times  in  the  year.  The  Council  has  taken  an  active  part  in 
legislation.  During  these  five  years  many  important  matters  of 
school  legislation  in  which  the  Council  took  the  initiative  have 
been  enacted.  The  present  tenure  law  was  the  first.  The  reor- 
ganization of  the  State  Board  of  Education,  apportionment  of 
school  funds  upon  attendance  of  pupils,  teachers'  retirement 
salary  law,  local  district  taxation  and  amendment  of  certification 
laws  are  among  the  most  important  of  the  enactments  which 
have  had  an  active  Council  support.  The  objectional)le  pro- 
posals that  the  Council  has  helped  to  defeat  are  of  no  less  im- 
portance. This  is  a  very  brief  review  of  the  Council's  work. 
Whether  the  results  have  justified  the  organization  of  the  State 
Council  no  doubt  will  be  interpreted  differently  according  to  the 
views  of  the  interpreter  as  to  the  meaning  and  importance  of 
"In  organization  there  is  strensfth." 


44 


MARIPOSA  COUNTY    INSTITUTE 

John    L.    Dexter,   Superintendent 

A  Next-to-Nature  Institute,  Held  In  the  Yosemite  Valley 


THE  CALIFORNIA   COUNTY   LIBRARY   SYSTEM 
By  Charles  S.  Greene,  Librarian,  Oakland  Free  Library 

THE  library  takes  itself  very  seriously  these  days.  It  has 
thrown  off  the  hampering  traditions  that  confined  it  to 
either  end  of  its  wide  field.  It  is  neither  the  cloistered 
retreat  of  the  bookworm,  nor  the  purveyor  of  the  lightest  of 
fiction  for  those  to  read  who  have  nothing  else  to  do.  It  claims 
to  be  an  integral  part  of  public  education.  Its  work  is  not  so 
intensive,  perhaps,  as  that  of  the  school,  but  so  much  more 
extensive  that  it  claims  to  be  universal,  having  a  duty  toward 
every  member  of  the  community  it  serves,  and  all  through  the 
lifetime  of  every  member. 

Its  methods  differ  from  those  of  the  school  chiefly  in  this : 
The  school  commands  attendance  and  compels  attention  to  its 
teachings ;  the  truant  officer  and  the  ferrule  enforce  these  things. 
The  library  must  entice  and  persuade ;  for  the  idea  of  com- 
pulsory library  membership  would  be  an  absurdity.  The  over- 
coming of  this  very  handicap — if  it  be  one — has  been  the  cause 
of  the  library's  progress — it  has  had  to  make  itself  attractive 
first,  and  then  so  useful  as  to  become  indispensable.  If  this 
be  true  in  municipalities,  as  it  has  proven,  much  more  is  it  true 
in  rural  districts  where  means  of  instruction  outside  of  books 
are  fewer. 

Universal  and  complete  library  service — this  is  the  ideal 
that  the  library  leaders  of  California  set  themselves.  To  attain 
an  approach  to  it  tw^o  methods  w^ere  obvious.  There  was  the 
method  of  creating  a  library  in  every  township,  which  has  been 
done  in  Eastern  States  as  Massachusetts.  But  this  method  was 
evidently  unsuited  to  California.  Generations  would  pass 
before  this  solution  could  become  measurably  applied,  and  when 
applied  it  would  not  be  satisfactory.  In  a  unit  so  small  in  tax- 
able values  the  income  realizable  for  library  purposes  would  be 
so  little  that  nothing  like  professional  library  service  could  be 
employed  and  no  adequate  supply  of  books  could  be  main- 
tained. 

The  second  method  of  reaching  all  the  people  is  that  of  the 
traveling  library  system,  by  w'hich  a  central  agency  sends  cir- 
culating cases  of  books  wherever  a  small  group  of  people  ask 
for  such  service.  In  California  the  central  agency  best  able  to 
undertake  this  scheme  is  the  State  Library,  which  since  its  liber- 

45 


ation  from  narrow  laws  in  1901,  has  had  the  duties  of  a  library 
commission.  A  full  and  fair  trial  was  made  for  several  years. 
By  that  time  278  traveling  libraries  were  in  service,  and  the  bill 
for  freight  and  express  was  climbing  so  fast  that  it  became 
evident  that  long  before  any  true  success  in  covering  the  State 
could  be  had,  the  system  would  break  down  under  its  own 
weight,  because  of  its  unwieldly  size. 

But  if  the  township  was  too  small  and  the  State  too  large, 
the  clear  conclusion  was  that  the  intermediate  unit,  the  county, 
was  the  proper  one  for  the  purpose.  County  libraries  there  were 
in  several  states,  and  laws  permitting  them,  usually  framed  to 
suit  some  particular  library.  To  Mr.  James  L.  Gillis,  State 
Librarian,  is  due  the  credit  for  the  discovery  that  the  county 
library,  elsewhere  sporadic,  could  be  made  into  a  system  to 
cover  a  state.  It  was  tried  out  in  Sacramento  County  by  con- 
tract with  the  Sacramento  City  Library  in  1908,  without  much 
color  of  law,  but  it  worked  so  well  that  the  Legislature  in  1909 
passed  a  law  authorizing  the  establishment  of  county  libraries. 
Defects  in  this  law  were  corrected  in  1911  by  the  next  Legis- 
lature, and  since  that  time  growth  has  been  rapid. 

The  most  efficient  cause  in  this  expansion  has  been  the  well- 
directed  effort  of  the  State  Library,  acting  in  its  capacity  of  a 
Library  Commission  and  through  its  able  organizers.  These 
organizers  had  been  all  over  the  State,  helping  in  the  establish- 
ment of  municipal  libraries  until  such  libraries  were  in  opera- 
tion in  practically  every  town  large  enough  to  maintain  real 
library  service.  Turning  their  attention  to  the  counties,  the 
State  Library  organizers  preached  the  new  gospel  of  the  county 
library  effectively  and  well.  Most  active  of  all  has  been  Miss 
Harriet  G.  Eddy.  A  High  School  teacher  at  Elk  Grove,  in  Sac- 
ramento county,  she  had  been  the  custodian  of  the  first  deposit 
of  county  library  books.  Her  good  use  of  these  books,  her 
keen  appreciation  of  the  benefit  the  system  brought  to  her,  her 
enthusiasm  in  telling  others  the  good  news,  made  Mr.  Gillis, 
always  quick  to  see  such  chances,  secure  her  services  as  the 
apostle  of  the  county  library.  She  has  gone  over  the  State, 
visiting  supervisors,  talking  to  clubs,  granges,  schools,  churches, 
and  groups  of  people  wherever  they  would  listen,  explaining 
the  law,  showing  the  advantages  of  the  system,  and  telling  of 
the  satisfaction  of  all  those  who  had  established  county 
libraries. 

46 


Seconding  her  now  is  Mrs.  May  Dexter  Henshall,  for  some 
years  Superintendent  of  Schools  in  Yolo  County.  Her  mission 
is  to  aid  in  bringing  the  schools  of  the  various  counties  into  the 
same  close  and  helpful  relations  with  the  county  library  that 
made  Yolo  county  a  pioneer  in  this  matter. 

The  law  is  too  long  to  quote  in  full ;  copies  of  it,  as  well  as 
copies  of  other  pamphlets  on  the  County  Library  system,  may 
be  had  by  writing  to  the  State  Library  at  Sacramento.  The 
chief  merit  of  the  law,  perhaps,  is  its  liberality.  No  Procrus- 
tean system  is  laid  down,  to  which  every  county  must  conform, 
but  the  essentials  are  well  guarded.  Service  must  be  rendered 
to  the  whole  county ;  for  no  town  not  maintaining  a  library 
may  stay  out.  There  must  be  a  skilled  and  tested  head  to  the 
system ;  for  no  one  may  be  a  county  librarian  who  has  not 
passed  muster  before  a  Board  of  Examiners,  consisting  of  the 
State  Librarian  and  the  librarians  of  San  Francisco  and  Los 
Angeles.  This  skilled  librarian  has  the  choice  of  subordinates 
and  the  selection  of  books,  but  boards  of  supervisors,  holding 
the  power  of  the  purse  in  all  matters  except  the  librarian's 
salary,  exercise  a  general  control. 

A  few  counties  where  there  were  large  libraries  at  the  county 
seat,  though  not  all  such,  have  taken  advantage  of  an  alterna- 
tive provision  which  allows  a  county  library  to  be  established 
by  contract  with  an  existing  library  to  serve  as  a  county 
library.  Towns  in  any  county  establishing  a  county  library 
that  already  have  libraries  of  their  own  may  stay  out  of  the 
system  altogether,  or  may  come  in  as  parts  of  the  county 
library,  or  may  contract  for  partial  service,  or  may  come  in  and 
then  go  out  again  at  will.  The  only  requirement  is  that  there 
shall  be  library  service  in  the  whole  county. 

The  counties  that  have  adopted  this  system  are  given  below. 
In  this  list  San  Francisco  is  omitted,  because  as  a  co-termmus 
city  and  county  it  has  had  a  county  library  ever  since  1878. 

Established  1908,  Sacramento;  1910,  Santa  Barbara,  San 
Joaquin,  Fresno,  Madera,  Merced,  Tulare,  Yolo,  Alameda  and 
Kern  Counties;  1911,  Riverside  and  Stanislaus  Counties;  1912, 
Imperial,  San  Diego,  Kings,  Santa  Clara,  Monterey,  Los  An- 
geles and  San  Mateo  Counties;  1913,  San  Bernardino,  Contra 
Costa,  Butte  and  Inyo  Counties;  1914,  Solano,  Glenn  and  Hum- 
boldt Counties;  1915,  Ventura,  Siskiyou,  Colusa,  San  Luis 
Obispo  and  Modoc  Counties. 

47 


THE  PHILIPPINE  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS— SOME  SALIENT 

FEATURES 

Frank  L.  Crone 
Director  of   Education   for  the   Philippine   Islands 


T 


O    understand    and    ap- 
preciate even  the  most 
striking  features  of  the 
Philippine    public    school    sys- 
tem,   it    is    necessary    first    to 
know  a  few  Philippine  facts. 

Discovered  by  Magellan  in 
1521,  the  Islands  have  enjoyed 
a  European  civilization  for 
more  than  three  hundred  years. 
The  Filipinos  are  Malays,  and 
Christians,  the  only  Christian 
people  in  the  Far  East.  Their 
3000  islands  have  an  area  as 
large  as  that  of  the  New  Eng- 
land States  and  New  York 
combined,  and  support  8,000,- 
000  people.  There  are  about 
40,000  Chinese,  8,000  Ameri- 
can civilians,  and  several  thou- 
sand Spaniards  and  other  foreigners.  English  has  been  the 
language  of  instruction  in  the  public  schools  since  1899  and  is 
the  official  language  today ;  it  is  much  more  widely  understood 
than  Spanish.  As  their  mother  tongue  the  Filipinos  speak 
numerous  dialects  of  the  Malay  language.  The  cost  of  the 
Philippine  schools,  and  of  the  entire  Government  for  that  mat- 
ter, is  paid  by  the  Filipinos  themselves.  The  system  now 
embraces  4200  schools  in  all  parts  of  the  Islands,  with  an  enroll- 
ment of  600,000,  and  employs  530  American  teachers  and  nearly 
10,000  Filipino  teachers. 

In  the  Philippines  we  believe  that  public  schools  exist  for  the 
purpose  of  giving  to  each  and  every  citizen  an  education  which 
will  fit  him  for  the  freest,  happiest  and  most  efficient  life  possi- 
ble in  the  sphere  to  which  his  activities  will  probably  be  con- 
fined. It  is  this  understanding  of  what  the  public  schools  should 
be  that  has  guided  the  Philippine  authorities  in  establishing  a 


48 


school  system  adapted  to  economic,  social  and  political  needs. 

The  big  general  fact  in  the  entire  organization  is  the  cen- 
tralized control  which  the  Director  of  Education  exercises  and 
which  gives  effectiveness  to  the  school  program.  Fifteen  years 
of  experiment  have  produced  a  balanced  curriculum  which  is 
uniform  throughout  the  islands,  with  three  phases :  academic 
instruction,  industrial  work  and  physical  training;  each  of  these 
lines  is  essential  to  the  progress  of  the  pupil  in  his  school  work, 
and  no  pupil  is  advanced  without  successfully  accomplishing 
the  part  assigned  to  him  in  each. 

The  subjects  which  make  up  the  academic  studies  have  been 
arrived  at  through  experiment  and  careful  study  of  Philippine 
needs.  They  are  taken  up  from  the  Philippine  viewpoint. 
Absolutely  all  of  the  instruction  is  in  the  English  language  from 
grade  one  through  the  eleven  years  which  complete  the  high 
school  course.  Most  of  the  textbooks  have  been  written  for 
Filipino  children,  and  they  are  the  same  in  all  public  schools. 

The  industrial  program  is  based  upon  the  economic  condi- 
tions which  obtain  in  the  Philippines.  The  aim  is  first  of  all 
towards  improvement  in  the  standards  of  living,  and  then 
towards  industrial  and  commercial  development  upon  a  very 
large  scale.  From  the  lowest  grades  up  there  is  a  differentiation 
in  the  work  for  boys  and  girls.  After  providing  the  boys  with 
the  industrial  fundamentals  for  earning  a  livelihood  and  the  girls 
with  instruction  in  homemaking,  the  big  industrial  task  is  to 
teach  household  industries  which  will  provide  an  income — 
embroidery,  lacemaking,  basketry  and  the  numerous  other  handi- 
crafts,— to  extend  then  from  the  school  to  the  home,  and  to 
control  along  business  lines  the  industries  thus  established. 

In  physical  training  the  school  efforts  have  resulted  in  one 
of  the  most  comprehensive  recreation  and  athletic  movements 
in  history.  More  than  95%  of  all  pupils  enrolled  in  the  schools 
engage  in  some  form  of  physical  training,  playground,  social 
and  group  games,  and  a  highly  organized  system  of  competitive 
games  such  as  baseball  and  track  and  field  events.  Far  from 
being  confined  to  the  schools  alone,  this  movement  reaches  all 
classes  of  the  population,  and  will  be  a  most  important  factor 
in  molding  the  character  of  the  rising  generation. 

The  social  conditions  which  exist  in  the  Islands  have  made 
it  necessary  to  group  the  eleven  years  of  school  work  in  three 
periods — four  years  of  primary,  three  years  of  intermediate,  and 

49 


four  years  of  high  school  work.  The  courses  of  study  for  each 
of  these  groups  have  been  so  adjusted  that  the  end  of  each 
period  finds  something  definite  accomplished,  and  the  pupil  may 
to  advantage  drop  out  at  the  end  of  the  primary  or  intermediate, 
if  he  must.  Most  pupils  will  never  get  more  than  the  four  years 
of  the  primary  work;  hence  the  instruction  in  hygiene  and 
sanitation,  training  for  citizenship,  lessons  in  good  manners  and 
right  conduct,  and  the  special  industrial  foundations  for  boys 
and  girls.  In  the  intermediate  courses,  vocational  specialization 
is  begun,  to  fit  the  pupil  for  earning  a  livelihood  at  the  end  of 
that  course.  In  the  secondary,  the  pujjil  may  continue  his  voca- 
tional work  or  lay  the  foundations  for  a  profession. 

Another  salient  fact  in  the  Philippine  public  school  system 
is  the  campaign  for  adequate  school  buildings  and  sites,  a  cam- 
paign which  is  rapidly  establishing  standard  permanent  school 
buildings  throughout  the  islands  on  sites  which  provide  ade- 
quately for  gardening,  playground  and  other  Philippine  school 
essentials.    The  minimum  site  is  1^4  acres  for  rural  schools. 

The  extent  of  this  present  school  system  must  be  empha- 
sized ;  the  4200  schools  reach  the  farthest'"islands,  the  remotest 
mountain  settlements.  At  the  present  time  some  600,000 
children  enter  school  each  year. 

The  progress  of  public  school  work  in  the  Philippines  and 
the  number  of  things  to  be  accomplished  in  instructing  an  entire 
community  have  led  to  activity  far  beyond  the  field  of  educa- 
tion proper,  and  indeed  into  a  big  work  of  social  economy ;  the 
public  welfare  movement  with  its  social  centers,  health,  hygiene, 
sanitation,   settlement   work,   citizenship   instruction,   the   great 
recreation  movement,  and  many  other  features  which  make  for 
social    advance,    have    found   a    legitimate    place    in    the    school 
''^togramrr.-  Im  this  work  the  schools  are  becoming  more  and  more 
a  powetfttlrsiaifluence.     Good  school  buildings,  extensive  school 
sites,    the''T6|f(?fts   of   thousands    of   teachers    and    hundreds    of 
Hhousands  of  pupils  are  being  used'in  improving  the  conditions 
^generally.     Many  of  the  things  the  children  learn  in  school  are 
'to  be  cornmunicated  to  their  elders  at  home. 

The  three  principal  features  in  this  centralized  system,  are 

that  physical'  training  is  making  for  a  better  and  stronger  race, 

'■irKlustrial  and  vocational  guidance  is  providing  for    high    home 

■  stiiidards- and  for  commercial  advantage,  and  the  academic  in- 

•gtructftoftM^ 'tire  instrument  of  a  great  intellectual  awakening. 

'50 


MY  LINCOLN  POEM 


A 


By  Edwin  Markhatn 

B  RAH  AM  LLXCOLN 
is  one  of  my  heroes — 
not  because  he  was  a 
President  of  the  United  States, 
but  because  he  was  a  patriot 
of  humanity — not  because  he 
ruled  the  Republic,  but  be- 
cause he  ruled  his  spirit. 

The  heroic  principle  is  only 
another  name  for  the  unselfish 
principle.  Heroism  is  devo- 
tion to  the  Good.  Every  deed 
of  kindness  done  without 
thought  of  reward,  is  heroical. 
The  heroes  are  not  all  on  the 
battle-field.  Those  who  walk 
the  humble  roads  can  be  hero- 
ical as  well  as  those  who  tread 
the  highways  of  the  world. 
The  young  Lincoln  struggling  on  in  his  lonely  log  cabin  in  the 
wilderness  was  as  heroical  as  when  he  stood  for  conscience  in 
the  council  chambers  of  the  nation. 

X^ow  that  the  cloud  of  Civil  War  has  faded  from  the  horizon, 
Abraham  Lincoln  and  Robert  E.  Lee  are  seen  by  all  of  us  to 
have  been  men  of  character,  men  who  bravely  followed  the  star 
of  conscience.  Of  Lincoln  it  may  be  said  that  he  is  honored  in 
the  South  as  highly  as  in  the  North.  Our  southern  people  feel 
that  his  assassination  was  perhaps  their  greatest  misfortune ; 
that  after  the  war  their  hopes  would  have  been  safe  in  his  gen- 
erous heart,  their  interests  secure  in  his  friendly  hands. 

Always  there  must  be  lofty  souls  to  keep  alive  the  ideal 
principle  in  a  nation.  Lincoln  was  such  a  soul.  He  has  become 
a  lighted  tower  toward  which  the  eyes  of  the  people  turn  in 
their  nobler  moments.  He  has  become  our  national  ideal,  con- 
tinually inspiring  the  manhood  of  the  Republic.  As  an  ideal  he 
is  a  greater  safeguard  to  the  nation  than  all  her  battleships. 

It  was  with  these  emotions  in  my  heart  that  I  wrote  my 
poem  in  honor  of  the  great  commoner.  And  at  this  point  the 
Editor  urges  me  to  tell  the  circumstances  of  the  writing. 

51 


Let  me  say,  then  (and  say  for  the  first  time)  that  some  fif- 
teen years  ago,  in  New  York  City,  I  was  invited  to  write  a 
poem  to  be  read  at  a  banquet  at  Delmonico's,  in  commemoration 
of  the  Lincoln  birthday.  I  took  three  weeks  for  the  task.  Day 
after  day,  I  went  into  my  study  to  ponder  on  the  character  and 
career  of  the  martyr  president.  I  waited  on  the  Muse,  but 
nothing  was  given  me ;  my  mind  was  empty  of  ideas. 

The  days  crept  by  until  only  three  days  and  three  nights 
remained ;  and  suddenly  I  resolved  to  watch  the  nights  away ; 
and  two  nights  went  by  but  the  Muse  remained  as  silent  as  the 
Sphinx  on  the  Lybian  sands.  And  thus  I  entered  upon  the  third 
and  final  night  with  not  a  word  of  the  poem  written.  As  the 
dark  hours  wore  away,  I  held  calmly  to  my  purpose — resolute  to 
win,  yet  strong  enough  to  fail. 

My  pen  was  dipt  and  ready.  The  hand  of  the  clock  crept  on 
to  the  three  in  the  morning,  on  to  the  first  cock-crow,  to  the 
hour  when  startled  ghosts  flee  back  to  tl^eir  dim  retreats.  Then 
a  strange  thing  happened :  in  a  few  brief  moments  the  idea  of 
the  whole  poem  rushed  upon  me.  The  lines  began  to  gather  in 
the  mind,  and  soon  the  pen  was  flying  happily  over  the  pages. 
In  two  hours  the  poem  was  completed  and  ready  for  the  read- 
ing, ready  as  the  rose  of  dawn  was  softening  the  east. 

I  append  hereto  the  recently  revised  version  of  the  poem. 
It  is  dedicated  to  the  boys  and  girls  of  America,  with  the  hope 
that  it  will  help  a  little  to  increase  their  love  and  reverence  for 
the  great  friend  of  humanity. 

LINCOLN,  THE  MAN  OF  THE  PEOPLE 
When  the  Norn  Mother  saiv  the  IVhirlwind  Hour 
Createning  anJ  darkening  as  it  hurried  on. 
She  left  the  Heaven  of  Heroes  and  came  down 
To  make  a  man  to  meet  the  mortal  need. 
She  took  ihe  tried  clay  of  the  common  road, — 
Clay  warm  yet  with  the  genial  heat  of  earth — 
Dashed  through  it  all  a  strain  of  prophecy. 
Tempered  the  heap  with  thrill  of  human  tears. 
Then  mixed  a  laughter  with  the  serious  stuff. 
Into  the  shape  she  breathed  a  flame  to  light 
That  tender,  tragic,  ever-changing  face. 
Here  was  a  man  to  hold  against  the  world, 
A  man  to  match  the  mountains  and  the  sea. 

52 


The  color  of  the  ground  ivas  in  him,  the  red  earth; 

The  smell  and  smacli  of  elemental  things: 

The  rectitude  and  patience  of  the  cliff; 

The  goodrvill  of  the  rain  that  loves  all  leaves; 

The   friendly   ivelcome   of   the   iva^side    Tvell; 

The  courage  of  the  bird  that  dares  the  sea; 

The  gladness  of  the  rvind  that  shakes  the  com; 

The  pit})  of  the  snorv  that  hides  all  scars; 

The  tolerance  and  equity  of  light 

That  gives  as  freely  to  the  shrinking  flower 

As  to  the  great  oak  flaring  to  the  wind — 

To  the  grave's  low  hill  as  to  the  Matterhorn 

That  shoulders  out  the  s^p. 

Sprung  from  the  West, 
The  strength  of  virgin  forests  braced  his  mind. 
The  hush  of  spacious  prairies  stilled  his  soul. 
Up  from  log  cabin  to  the  Capitol, 
On  fire  was  on  his  spirit,  one  resolve — 
To  send  the  keen  ax  to  the  root  of  wrong. 
Clearing  a  free  wa^  for  the  feet  of  Cod. 
And  evermore  he  burned  to  do  his  deed 
With  the  fine  stroke  and  gesture  of  a  kmg' 
He  built  the  rail-pile  as  he  built  the  State, 
Pouring  his  splendid  strength  through  every  blow. 
The  conscience  of  him  testing  every  stoke. 
To  make  his  deed  the  measure  of  a  man. 

So  came  the  Captain  with  the  mighty  heart; 
And  when  the  judgment  thunders  split  the  house. 
Wrenching  the  rafters  from  their  ancient  rest. 
He  held  the  ridgepole  up  and  spiked  again 
The  rafters  of  the  Home.     He  held  his  place — 
Held  the  long  purpose  like  a  growing  tree — 
Held  on  through  blame  and  faltered  not  at  praise. 
And  when  he  fell  in  whirlwind,  he  went  down 
As  when  a  lordly  cedar,  green  with  boughs. 
Goes  down  with  a  great  shout  upon  the  hills. 
And  leaves  a  lonesome  place  against  the  sky. 


53 


LIFE   IN   THE   OPEN   IN   CALIFORNIA 


By   Charles   Frederick   Holder,   LL.D., 

Throop  College  of  Technology 
Author  of  "The  Channel  Islands  of  California," 
"Life  in   the  Open   in   California."    Etc. 


I 


N  the  modern  system  of 
Education,  as  found  in 
schools,  colleges  and  uni- 
versities, athletics,  so-called, 
have  a  distinct  place.  It  is 
assumed  that  to  enable  a  man 
or  woman,  boy  or  girl  to  ac- 
quire the  rudiments  of  educa- 
tion, a  healthy,  robust  body  is 
a  fundamental  requirement. 
With  this  in  view,  the  environ- 
ment of  the  school  or  college 
becomes  of  priine  importance 
and  it  is  this  feature  to  which 
the  present  writer  would  call 
attention  in  the  State  of  Cali- 
fornia. 

Physical  health  is  the  dom- 
inant note  of  the  day  and 
possibly  no  where  in  the  world 
have  students  as  splendid  a  playground  as  in  this  State.  Extend- 
ing along  through  many  degrees  of  altitude,  with  every  possible 
climate  under  the  sun,  except  the  extreme  tropics,  with  physical 
conditions  unequaled,  vast  mountain  ranges,  typical  deserts, 
climatic  conditions  of  rare  perfection ;  great  river  systems,  the 
broad  Pacific  along  its  shores ;  regions  where  the  greatest  fall 
of  snow  is  recorded;  others  where  the  rustle  of  the  palm  fills 
the  air  with  melody; — California  is  indeed  a  land  of  distractions, 
beauties  and  compensations,  and  may  well  be  considered  the 
playground  not  only  of  its  own  people,  but  of  all  America. 

California  has  the  Sierra  Nevadas  as  its  spinal  column  and 
the  fine  Coast  Range  as  an  outer  guard.  In  these  great  moun- 
tain systems  and  their  lakes,  rivers,  canyons  and  verdant  laby- 
rinths, the  Alpine  climber  finds  the  opportunity  of  a  lifetime,  at 
home.    There  are  little  hills  for  little  people ;  big  mountains  for 


54 


the  Sierra  Club  and  what  compensations  await  beyond  the  mere 
climb — the  rarified  atmosphere,  the  deep  blue  heavens  and  the 
Alpine  flora.  The  Yosemite  is  the  real  gateway — a  hollow  of 
the  hand  of  Infinity,  with  its  pendulous  falls.  Here  are  forests 
that  were  old  when  Christ  taught  the  Gospel  of  Peace  and  Good 
Will  toward  men.  To  the  north  we  find  the  Yellowstone  Park 
and  in  the  Santa  Cruz  mountains,  a  part 'of 'the  Coast  Range, 
the  splendid  forests  of  the  Sempervirens,  the  common  redwood, 
the  cousin  of  the  giants  of  the  Sequoia.  -.,, 

The    Sierra   Nevada   abounds   in   splendid    lakes,    as    Tahoe, 
Klamath  and  others;  crystals  of  azure  in  settings,  of  emerald, 
abounding  in  sport  to  the  lover  of  rod  and  reel;  all  lures  to 
,  entice   youth,   men   and   women   out   of  doors   and^  keep   them 
there.     Walton  has  told  us  that  there  is  no  sport  like  angling 
for  the  philosopher  or  contemplative   man,  and  at- need   not  be 
surprising  if  California  lays  claim  to  the  finest*  trout  fishing  in 
the  world.    Here  is  the  home  of  the  rainbow,  the  steel  head,  and 
the   golden    trout.      Countless    snow   born   streams    rise    in   the 
High  Sierras,  and  flow  to  the  Sea,  as  the  Kern,  Merced,  Santa 
Clara,    San    Gabriel,    San    Lorenzo,    Klamath,    Truckee,    Sacra- 
mento and   a   thousand   more ;   all   abounding  in   trout   of  some 
kind  and  affording  the  finest  of  sport.     The  mountains  of  Cali- 
fornia   abound    in    canyons,    deep    radiating   gulches    of    radiant 
beauty,  filled   with  trees,   ferns,  the   fragrant  bay  trees  of  the 
West,  and  others.     They  mark  the  escape  of  the  winter  rains 
and  form  green  channels  which  lead  the  waters  to  the  distant 
sea,  where  the  deep  Black  Current  of  Japan  flows  along  bearing 
powers   of   necromancy.      All    these    canyons   are,    especially    in 
Southern  California,  as  the  San  Gabriel,  Millards  and  the  Arroyo 
Seco  at  Pasadena,  natural  parks  luring  the  walker  or  lover  of 
nature  on  and  eternally  on  into  the  ranges  of  the  bierra  Madre, 
where  the  life  is  in  the  open  without  a  single  disturbing  ele- 
ment.    Even  the  seasons  conspire  to  render  this  lure  as  fascinat- 
ing as  possible,  as  the  rain  comes  in  the  so-called  winter,  or 
from  November  to  May.    June,  July^  August,  September,  Octo- 
ber  are   practically   rainless   and   with   electric   storms   at   rare 
intervals  in  the  Southern  Sierras  and  along  the  shore.     In  the 
winter  the  rain  will  amount  to  half  the  annual  fall  of  that  of 
New  York  or  Boston  perhaps,  yet  sufficient  to  cover  the  country 
with  a   field   of  the   cloth   of  gold,  the  stamp   of  this   strange 
winter,  cool,  crisp  and  strengthening;  hence  the  lover  of  nature 

55 


has  a  land  in  which  life  in  the  open  is  always  possible,  and  the 
mountains  are  always  green;  the  canyons  always  tuneful  arbors 
of  verdure. 

The  Southern  Sierras  rise  abruptly  from  the  land  to  peaks 
8,000  to  12,000  feet,  the  San  Bernardino,  San  Jacinto,  San  Gor- 
gonio,  and  in  the  north,  peaks  as  Mt.  Whitney  and  Shasta  lend 
dignity  and  majesty  to  the  landscape.  In  other  places,  as  the 
San  Gabriel  Valley,  the  mountains  go  tumbling  away  to  the  sea 
in  broken  ranges,  to  end  in  sand  dunes  which  line  the  long 
reaches  of  the  Coast  or  are  lost  in  little  lagunas  that  glisten  in 
the  sun  along  the  shore. 

California  shore  lines  are  mostly  sandy.  In  Southern  Cali- 
fornia they  are  dotted  with  towns  and  long  piers  run  out  in  the 
Pacific,  not  for  commerce,  but  to  aid  in  keeping  Californians  out 
of  doors.  I  recall  one,  on  a  long  open  coast,  with  the  blue  sea 
en  guarde.  At  the  entrance  is  a  bunch  of  big  bamboos.  You 
select  one,  buy  your  bait  and  go  out  on  the  pier,  that  may  be 
a  mile  or  so  long,  and  join  the  angling  throng.  This  is  an 
angling  pier  and  the  oldest  inhabitant  could  not  remember  a 
ship  docked  there,  nor  was  that  the  intention.  All  along  shore 
you  may  find  anglers  with  these  big  rods  fishing  for  surf  fish,  a 
toothsome  dainty.  From  the  shining  sands,  far  away  at  sea, 
we  catch  glimpses  south  of  Point  Firmin,  of  mountain  peaks. 
These  are  the  tops  of  ofT-shore  Sierras  which  have  been  pushed 
up  out  of  the  ocean  back  in  the  early  Tertiary  periods,  and  are 
famous  playgrounds,  lures  to  the  weary,  and  better  known  as 
the  Channel  Islands.  Off  Santa  Barbara  lies  one  group,  famous 
in  the  days  of  Junipero  Serra  and  the  fine  old  missions  that  dot 
the  shore  along  the  Camino  Real.  Here  are  the  Santa  Barbara 
Channel  Islands,  an  off-shore  Sierra  running  east  and  west, 
separated  by  narow  but  deep  channels :  San  Miguel,  Santa  Rosa, 
Santa  Cruz  and  Ana  Capa,  all  at  one  time,  the  home  of  thou- 
sands of  natives  whose  kitchen  middens  are  still  to  be  seen. 
These  islands  are  dominant  factors  in  the  out  door  life  of  the 
region,  winter  and  summer. 

Drifting  to  the  South,  as  we  are  now  yachtsmen,  in  imagina- 
tion, we  come  one  hundred  and  fifty  miles  or  so  south  of  Santa 
Barbara  to  the  Channel  Islands  of  the  Santa  Catalina  group. 
There  are  four:  San  Nicholas,  famed  for  its  Lost  Woman,  over 
100  miles  at  sea;  Santa  Barbara  Rock  of  a  few  acres;  Santa 
Catalina,  sixty  miles  around,  twenty-two  long  and  about  twenty 

56 


miles  from  the  mainland,  and  San  Clemente,  nearly  as  large  as 
Santa  Catalina,  twenty  miles  long  and  forty  miles  off  Los 
Angeles.  San  Clemente  is  government  property  and,  all  in  all, 
the  most  extraordinary  big  game  fish  region  known.  Santa 
Catalina  is  the  only  one  of  the  islands  equipped  with  regular 
ocean  steamers  for  transportation.  It  also  has  the  town  of 
Avalon  and  a  summer  population  of  7,000  or  8,000,  with  all  the 
appurtenances  of  modern  resorts  without  the  garish  Coney 
Island  features.  Santa  Catalina  is  so  essentially  a  feature  in  the 
out  door  life  of  California  that  it  deserves  particular  mention. 
You  will  notice  in  California  that  the  strong  west  wind  (not  a 
trade)  blows  in  every  day,  rising  about  ten  and  stopping  late  in 
the  afternoon.  Santa  Catalina  is  so  situated  that  it  has  a  lee, 
the  north  side  (of  twenty  miles)  often  affording  quiet,  lake  like 
waters,  though  thirty  miles  at  sea.  Fame  came  to  it  on  account 
of  the  beauties  of  Avalon  Bay,  its  wealth  of  rare  animal  life, 
being  the  home  of  the  Paper  Nautilus,  among  others.  Then  the 
mighty  Leaping  Tuna  makes  its  summer  home  here,  amazing 
observers  by  its  leaps.  Nowhere  along  any  shore  is  there  a 
better  camping  ground,  and  in  mid-summer  the  Young  Men's 
Christian  Association  will  have  its  standard  in  one  canyon, 
some  school  in  another,  and  hundreds  of  people  from  the  hot 
regions  of  Arizona,  New  Mexico  and  Texas  are  living  here  in  a 
Canvas  City  beneath  the  fragrant  leaves  of  the  giant  Australian 
Eucalyptus. 

You  are  thirty  miles  out  at  sea,  sheltered  by  the  hills  from 
the  strong  wind ;  you  face  the  bay  and  the  mainland.  There  will 
be  no  storms  of  any  kind  from  May  to  November  no  rain,  and 
the  air  is  cool  and  delightful.  I  dwell  on  this,  as  here  is  char- 
acteristic Californian  life  in  the  open  at  its  best,  by  the  Sea. 
There  may  be  six  thousand  persons  here.  The  two  boats  a  day 
from  Los  Angeles  bring  and  take  twelve  hundred,  and  hundreds 
come  and  go  in  yachts  with  which  the  little  bay  is  filled,  not  to 
speak  of  the  fleet  of  glass-bottom  boats  employed  to  examine 
the  beautiful  kelpian  forests  that  cover  the  slopes  of  this  island 
mountain. 

Sea  angling  is  the  chief  sport.  Here  is  the  Tuna  Club  with 
its  fish  museum  of  trophies,  testing  credulity,  with  giant  fishes 
taken  with  delicate  tackle.  Here  anglers  congregate  from  all 
over  the  world  and  try  conclusions  with  the  great  Santa  Cata- 
lina swordfish,  the  eastern  variety,  the  black  sea  bass  of  three 

57 


or  four  hundred  pounds,  the  game  yellowtail,  twenty  to  forty 
pounds,  the  beautiful  white  sea  bass  of  fifty  pounds,  and  many 
more,  all  taken  with  rod  and  reel. 

The  Tuna  Club  offers  beautiful  prizes  for  the  largest  fish 
with  lightest  tackle,  the  idea  being  to  encourage  fair  play.  This 
island  is  now  a  Fish  Reservation  and  protected  from  netting  of 
all  sorts  which  has  threatened  it  for  years.  Camping,  automo- 
biling,  coaching,  trail  and  mountain  climbing,  tennis,  bathing 
and  water  polo  are  a  few  of  the  sports  and  pastimes  of  this  ofT- 
shore  playground.  The  summer,  as  well  as  the  winter,  gives  it 
a  peculiar  emphasis  as  an  out  of  door  land. 

When  the  East  is  blanketed  with  snow,  thousands  seek  the 
Pacific  Coast  because  they  can  spend  every  day  of  the  winter 
out  of  doors.  The  State  roads  are  a  revelation.  There  are  more 
motor  cars  in  California  than  in  any  other  state.  Especially  in 
the  south,  a  network  of  fine  asphaltum  roads  cover  the  country 
from  Los  Angeles  to  San  Diego — up  in  the  San  Bernardino 
mountains,  in  the  range  back  of  San  Diego,  in  the  valleys  along 
shore.  Even  at  Santa  Catalina  there  is  one  of  the  finest  motor 
roads  in  the  country,  from  Avalon  to  Rowlands,  twenty  or 
thirty  miles  over  the  mountains  and  overlooking  the  sea. 

Everywhere  from  Burlingame,  near  San  Francisco,  to  Coro- 
nado,  one  finds  Country  Clul)s,  which  are  centers  of  out  door 
interests  in  winter:  Santa  Barbara,  Pasadena — the  latter  has 
four,  Altadena,  Annandale,  San  Gabriel  and  Midwick — Los 
Angeles,  Coronado,  Avalon,  San  Diego,  Riverside,  etc.  Here 
golf  and  tennis  rage,  while  at  Burlingame,  Pasadena,  Riverside, 
Santa  Barbara  and  Coronado  polo  holds-  the  field. 

Then  there  are  great  out  of  door  festivities.  Chief  among 
them  is  the  Pasadena  Tournament  of  Roses,  when  thousands 
gather  to  see  the  games  and  sports  possible  in  California  on 
January  first ;  when  the  chariot  races  of  old  Rome  are  run,  great 
football  and  polo  teams  contest,  Spanish  games  are  revived,  the 
Sierra  Madre,  capped  with  snow,  looking  down  on  the  valley  of 
San  Gabriel  and  its  wealth  of  flowers,  a  land  of  the  orange, 
lemon,  olive  and  vine.  It  is  this  wonderful  climate,  this  possi- 
bility of  life  in  the  open  in  winter,  that  has  brought  five  hun- 
dred thousand  people  from  the  East  and  Middle  West  to  Los 
Angeles  in  twenty  years,  and  seen  the  cutting  up  of  the  great 
ranches  of  the  north.  It  is  the  possibility  of  life  here  through 
the  year,  winter  and  summer,  that  has  made  all  California  a 
playground  for  all  the  people  all  the  time. 


EL   CAMINO    SIERRA 


B 


The  Third  Trunk  Highway  for  California  and  Its  Importance 

to  the  State 

By  W.  G.  Scott 

Executive  Secretary,  Inyo  Good  Road  Club ;  Chairman  Division  of  National 

Parks,  Member  Council  of   National   Advisors,   National 

Highways  Association. 

RIEFLY  expressed, 
California's  hig^hvvay  sys- 
tem as  provided  by  the 
Highway  Act,  consists  of  two 
main-trunk  lines  extending  the 
length  of  the  State  from  Ore- 
gon to  Mexico.  One  is  along 
the  coast,  the  other  approxi- 
mately parallel,  east  of  the 
Coast  Range,  traversing  the 
length  of  the  great  valleys  in 
the  interior. 

With  these  two  trunk  lines, 
the  county  seats  of  outlying 
counties  are  to  be  connected 
by  lateral  or  branch  highways, 
which  enter  into  and  become  a 
part  of  the  general  system. 
This  plan  for  all  that  part 
of  the  State,  lying  west  of  the  summit  of  the  Sierra  Nevada 
Mountains  seems  adequate — but  conditions  are  very  dissimilar 
"in  that  portion,  lying  east  of  the  Sierra  Nevadas,  which  is  a  large 
and  important  part  of  the  State,  sometimes  designated  as  Trans- 
Sierra  California,  consisting  principally  of  Modoc,  Lassen  and 
Plumas  counties  in  the  north,  and  Alpine,  Mono  and  Inyo 
counties  in  the  eastern  center — all  bounded  by  Nevada  on  the 
east. 

There  are  many  Californians  in  the  great  valleys  and  along 
the  coast  who  are  prone,  either  to  regard  the  crest  line  of  the 
Sierras  as  the  eastern  limit  of  the  State,  or  to  under-estimate 
the  importance  of  that  vast  territory  lying  east  of  the  Sierra 
Nevadas,  yet  inside  the  boundary  of  California. 

To  afford  a  slight  idea  of  the  extent  of  territory  in  the  six 
counties  named,  we  will  select  a  single  countv.    Invo.   with   an 


59 


area  of  10,019  stjuare  miles,  within  which  you  could  i)iit  the 
whole  State  of  Massachusetts  and  still  have  enough  left  for  a 
fair-sized  county.  Inyo  and  Mono  county  next  on  the  north 
combined,  have  an  area  of  13,049  square  miles.  While  Belgium, 
with  more  than  six  million  inhabitants  and  2,900  miles  of  rail- 
road, has  an  area  of  only  11,400  square  miles. 

The  county  seats  of  these  five  large  and  important  Trans- 
Sierra  counties  cannot  be  connected  directly  with  the  main 
trunk  line  of  the  valley  because  of  the  great  barrier  of  the  Sierra 
Nevada  Range  from  12,000  to  14,000  feet  in  height  which  inter- 
venes. The  Pit  and  Beckworth  Passes  in  the  north  are  the 
most  feasible  routes  for  laterals  to  connect  with  the  Valley 
trunk  line  the  county  seats  of  Modoc,  Lassen  and  Plumas 
counties,  while  the  Sonora  and  Tioga  Passes  farther  south 
afford  connection  for  the  county  seats  of  Alpine,  Mono  and 
Inyo  counties. 

But  there  are  other  very  important  physical  conditions  which 
must  be  taken  into  the  consideration  of  highway  connection  for 
Trans-Sierra  California.  The  eastern  slope  of  the  Sierra  Nevada 
Range  is  precipitous  with  a  notable  absence  of  foothills,  which 
admits  of  a  highway  along  the  east  base  of  the  Sierras  from 
Los  Angeles  to  Lake  Tahoe  that  has  been  formally  christened 
El  Camino  Sierra,  and  which  for  a  long  time  has  been  an  estab- 
lished route  for  travel  through  Kern,  Inyo  and  Mono  counties 
and  the  towns  of  Mojave,  Lone  Pine,  Independence,  Big  Pine, 
Bishop  and  Bridgeport. 

From  the  last-named  town  to  Lake  Tahoe,  about  seventy 
miles  north,  is  a  road  authorized  by  the  State  and  nearly  com- 
pleted, through  Markleeville  and  Woodfords  in  ^Ipine  County. 
Lake  Tahoe  is  the  terminus  of  a  State  road  from  Sacramento, 
hence  Bridgeport,  the  county  seat  of  Mono  County,  is  joined  to 
the  State  road  system,  which  circumstance  makes  it  a  desirable 
point  of  connection  for  the  road  from  the  county  seat  of  Inyo 
County,  Independence,  about  140  miles  south.  This  fact  has 
been  duly  recognized  by  the  Highway  Commission  and  it  now 
has  a  survey  force  in  the  field  moving  north  from  Independence 
towards  Bridgeport,  preliminary  to  work  of  construction. 

El  Camino  Sierra  is  intersected  at  Big  Pine  by  a  trans- 
continental highway  from  New  York  City — the  MidlandTrail. 
This  great  cross-continent  route  has  been  surveyed  and  mapped 
its  entire  length  by  the  American  Automobile  Association  and 


60 


it  has  been  incorporated  in  a  projected  system  of  National  High- 
ways, by  the  National  Highways  Association.  At  Mono  Lake, 
El  Camino  Sierra  is  intersected  by  the  Tioga  Pass  Highway, 
lately  acquired  by  the  Federal  Government. 

With  the  assistance  of  Los  Angeles  and  Kern  counties  on 
the  south  and  the  further  aid  of  convict  labor  where  necessary, 
it  is  assured  that  in  the  near  future  the  road  known  as  El 
Camino  Sierra  will  be  a  boulevard  the  entire  distance  from  Los 
Angeles  to  Lake  Tahoe.  This  to-be-world-famous  highway 
should  be  continued  north  from  Tahoe  through  Truckee,  Sierra- 
ville,  Ouincy,  Susanville  and  Alturas  towards  Lakeview,  Ore- 
gon. This  would  make  a  third  main-trunk  line  east  of  the 
Sierras,  affording  much  needed  opportunity  for  communication 
between  adjacent  counties  and  by  laterals  through  the  passes 
named,  connection  with  the  main  trunk  valley  system.  In 
addition  it  would  permit  direct  access  from  the  east  to  the 
proposed  National  Parks  of  Mount  Shasta  and  Mount  Lassen — 
the  live  American  volcano,  which  now  enables  California  to 
compete  with  Italy,  and  to  Lake  Tahoe,  to  the  world-famed 
Yosemite  and  to  the  proposed,  enlarged  Sequoia  Park  farther 
south  that  will  surpass  in  magnitude  anything  of  the  kind  in 
either  the  old  world  or  the  new. 

With  this  accomplished,  there  would  be  made  accessible  an 
extensive  area  of  the  State  hitherto  neglected,  where  enormous 
resources  promise  rich  reward  for  development. 

Astonishing  as  would  be  the  local  benefits,  scarcely  less  sur- 
prising would  be  the  State  growth  and  prosperity  resulting  from 
the  myriad  of  tourists  attracted  by  the  magnificence  of  Shasta 
standing  at  the  northland  gate,  the  grim  and  weird  Lassen — 
helpless  victim  of  a  hidden  giant  in  a  destructive  mood ;  beauti- 
ful Tahoe,  that  inland  sea  of  liquid  emerald  whereon  are 
mirrored  the  clouds  of  day  and  the  stars  of  night;  Mono,  the 
Dead  Sea  of  the  West,  where  the  very  desolation  lends  entrance- 
ment  to  the  scene;  Yosemite,  that  masterpiece  of  Creation;  the 
Inyo  Glaciers,  and  Mount  Whitney  nearest  the  sky — the  mon- 
arch of  all  the  mountain  kings — the  first  in  all  of  California  to 
receive  each  morn  the  greeting  of  the  regal  Sun  and  the  last 
each  night  to  receive  his  parting  benediction. 

The  foregoing  is  but  slight  suggestion  of  the  importance  of — 
the  highway  with  a  hundred  by-ways,  each  by-way  with  a  hun- 
dred wonders — El  Camino  Sierra. 

61 


SUNRISE  OVER   THE   SIERRAS 
By  Henry  Meade  Bland 

/  mind  me  how  one  da^-brea}(  long  ago, 
I  heard  the  wild  swan  p/ap  his  magic  horn; 
Heard  the  cold  north  wind  blow  his  pipe  forlorn; 
Heard  the  sweet  stream  purl  gently  to  and  fro 
In  oaten  meadows;    while  the  l^ric  flow 
Of  field-lar^  hymn  called  to  the  splendid  morn 
Until  the  sun,  a  light  divine,  new-horn. 
Lifted, — a  wild  flash  o'er  the  virgin  snow. 

Then  stood  I  like  the  hoi})  orient  priest. 
Who  gave  to  fire  a  mystic  sacred  name. 
And  ever  burned  his  altar  in  the  East; 
Or  like  the  Poet-king  who  raptured  came 
At  morn,  as  to  a  Pentecostal  feast. 
And  saw  Jehovah  in  the  Rising  Flame! 


62 


THE   EXPOSITION— ITS   PURPOSE  AND   HOW   TO 
APPRECIATE  IT 

By  Alvin  E.  Pope, 
Chief,  Departments  of  Education  and  Social  Economy 


E 


XPOSITIONS  had  their 
origin  in  the  early  trade 
fairs   and   festivals.      As 
these     developed     they     were 
gradually  transformed  from  an 
exchange   of  goods   to   an   ex- 
change of  ideas.     The  modern 
International     Exposition    col- 
lects   the    latest    ideas    in    all 
fields  of  human  activities,  dis- 
plays them  graphically  and  ar- 
ranges them  so  as  to  present  a 
panorama    of    present    civiliza- 
tion   suggesting   the    trend    of 
future  progress.    Most  of  these 
ideas  were  previously  confined 
within  a  very  restricted  terri- 
tory or  known  to  a   very  lim- 
ited number  of  experts.     The 
Exposition    disseminates    these 
ideas  throughout  the  world,  not  only  originating  many  world- 
,wide  movements,  but  giving  great  impetus  to  movements  already 
under  way. 

The  Chicago  Exposition  was  followed  by  a  widespread  cam- 
paign for  the  beautifying  of  our  cities.  The  St.  Louis  Exposi- 
tion added  new  impetus  to  this  movement,  and  through  the 
German  exhibits,  brought  about  a  change  in  our  method  of 
home  construction  and  interior  decoration.  The  Panama-Pacific 
International  Exposition  will  give  further  effect  to  these  move- 
ments and  in  addition  introduce  new  color  features  and  new 
forms  of  lighting  and  illumination.  The  Congress  of  Religions 
at  the  Chicago  Exposition  pacified  the  intense  antagonism 
among  religious  creeds  and  organizations,  and  brought  about  a 
better  spirit  of  toleration  and  co-operation  among  the  churches. 
The  St.  Louis  Exposition  was  marked  by  the  great  force  it  gave 
to  the  arts  and  sciences.     The  Department  of  Social  Economy 


63 


of  the  Panama-Pacific  International  Exposition  was  planned  with 
the  hope  that  this  Exposition  would  be  followed  by  increased 
activities  in  all  fields  of  social  service. 

It  was  impossible  to  secure  a  separate  building  for  the  Social 
Economy  exhibits,  so  they  were  housed  in  four  different  build- 
ings. Exhibits  from  various  nations,  states,  municipalities  and 
national  organizations  occupy  about  one-half  of  the  Palace  of 
Education.  Most  of  the  United  States  Government  Social 
Economy  exhibits  and  of  many  publishing  houses  fill  about  one- 
fourth  of  the  Palace  of  Liberal  Arts.  Banking,  Insurance  and 
Industrial  Welfare  exhibits  cover  nearly  one-fourth  of  the  floor 
space  of  the  Palace  of  Mines,  and  the  New  York  City  building 
contains  the  entire  Social  Economy  exhibit  from  that  city.  The 
scattering  of  exhibits  has  somewhat  interfered  with  the  effi- 
ciency of  the  Department,  and  for  lack  of  adequate  space  many 
important  exhibits  which  had  been  planned  and  financed  were 
abandoned. 

The  policy  of  the  Department  of  Education  was  to  secure 
exhibits  by  invitation  and  to  confine  each  exhibitor  to  some 
special  educational  feature  in  which  he  excelled  and  in  which  he 
was  able  to  teach  the  world  a  lesson.  In  each  case  it  was  not 
only  necessary  to  secure  the  co-operation  of  those  invited,  but 
in  addition  to  arrange  means  of  financing  the  exhibit.  By  thus 
selecting  all  attainable  high  peaks  of  modern  educational  prog- 
ress, the  Department  hoped  to  prevent  unnecessary  experimental 
work  and  to  direct  all  efforts  toward  the  ideals  attained  by  the 
most  progressive  educators.  With  this  accomplished  it  will 
result  in  a  saving  of  time  and  energy  of  thousands  of  teachers, 
of  hundreds  of  thousands  of  pupils,  and  of  millions  of  dollars. 

In  visiting  the  Exposition  avoid  a  large  party.  One  can 
profit  more  by  being  alone  or  with  not  more  than  two  com- 
panions. Purchase  a  guide  book.  It  will  be  useful  here  and  at 
home.  Secure  a  general  view  which  will  give  an  idea  of  its 
underlying  principles.  This  can  be  done  by  taking  one  of  the 
white  cars  or  roller  chairs  near  the  Fillmore  Street  or  Ferry 
entrance  and  come  down  the  Avenue  of  Palms,  through  the 
Avenue  of  Nations,  to  the  Massachusetts  building,  returning 
along  the  Marina.  Starting  at  Machinery  Hall,  come  leisurely 
back  through  the  courts,  circling  the  lagoon  in  front  of  the  Fine 
Arts  building.  This  trip  should  be  made  both  by  day  and  by 
night.     Do  not  hurry.     Enjoy  it — You  will  absorb  much, 

64 


Beginning  at  the  Palace  of  Education,  make  a  leisurely  sur- 
vey of  the  various  exhibit  palaces,  passing  through  Liberal  Arts, 
Manufacturers,  Varied  Industries  and  Machinery  Hall,  returning 
through  Mines,  Transportation,  Agriculture,  Food  Products, 
Fine  Arts  and  Horticulture.  Then  visit  a  few  of  the  foreign  and 
state  buildings  in  the  same  manner.  Most  of  these  buildings 
are  not  open  for  inspection  until  after  eleven  o'clock,  while  the 
exhibit  palaces  are  open  at  nine. 

After  this  casual  survey  begin  the  thorough  study  of  some 
particular  exhibit  of  interest.  Follow  this  up  by  an  exhaustive 
study  of  as  many  exhibits  as  possible.  You  will  find  most  of 
them  arranged  for  the  casual  inspection  of  the  general  public, 
but  containing  information  for  the  amateur,  material  for  the 
professional  and  suggestions  for  the  trained  expert.  Each  vis- 
itor will  find  that  he  himself  belongs  first  to  one  and  then  to 
another  of  these  classes,  and  that  he  will  benefit  in  proportion 
to  the  effort  and  time  he  devotes  to  serious  study. 

An  eminent  educator  accepted,  at  a  great  sacrifice,  a  position 
as  a  member  of  the  International  Jury  of  Awards  on  the  theory 
that  he  always  received  more  than  he  gave  in  such  work.  He 
had  been  searching  years  for  a  plan  of  reorganizing  his  Depart- 
ment of  Sociology.  When  he  saw  the  Social  Economy  exhibits 
displayed  here,  he  knew  exactly  what  he  wanted.  They  had 
suggested  a  solution  of  his  problem.  He  is  now  reorganizing 
that  department  in  the  university  of  which  he  is  the  head. 

Study  exhibits.  Study  them  diligently  and  exhaustively. 
Your  pleasure,  appreciation  and  benefit  is  limited  only  by  time, 
eff^ort  and  capacity.  Study  the  Exposition  thoughtfully  and  you 
will  carry  home  much  which  will  benefit  yourself,  your  friends 
and  the  community. 


65 


Tower  of  Jewels 

Standing  guard  over  the  Central  Court  of  the  Universe  is  the 
Tower  of  Jewels,  the  most  commanding  architectural  unit  in  the 
Panama-Pacific  International  Exposition.  It  faces  the  main  en- 
trance to  the  grounds  and  rises  in  successive  stages  from  a  square 
base  of  125  feet  to  a  height  of  435  feet.  Hanging  pendent,  so 
that  by  day  they  flash  back  the  rays  of  the  sun,  and  by  night 
the  many  colored  lights  that  play  upon  them,  are  myriads  of 
jewels.     While  the  Tower  is  a  composite  in  architecture,  the 


66 


Night  Illumination,  Tower  of  Jewels 

Roman  arch  and  the  Corinthian  and  Doric  columns  predominate. 
The  tower  loses  much  in  elTectiveness  in  the  day.  At  night, 
when  the  searchlights  play  upon  it,  all  harshness  is  removed ; 
deep  rich  color  gives  place  to  soft  tones  and  tints  in  perfect 
harmony  until  the  tower  stands  clean-cut  and  sharp  as  a  cameo 
against  the  dark  sky  and  the  hills  of  Marin.  Seen  from  distant 
points  on  the  grounds,  or  from  the  city  heights,  the  view  is 
overpowering. 

Tower  by  Carrare  and  Hastings,  New  York. 


67 


Arch  of  the   Setting  Sun,   Court  of  the   Universe 

The  Central  Court  of  the  Exposition  is  the  Court  of  the 
Universe.  It  is  symboHc  of  the  significance  of  the  Exposition 
as  celebrating  the  completion  of  the  Panama  Canal,  and  also  of 
the  closer  unity  of  all  nations  and  peoples.  The  entrance  on  the 
south  is  by  way  of  the  Tower  of  Jewels.  The  Court  opens  to 
the  Marina  on  the  north,  terminating  in  the  Column  of  Progress. 
The  Arch  of  the  Rising  Sun  markes  the  east  entrance,  that  of 
the  Setting  Sun  (our  illustration)  the  west  entrance.  The 
Nations  of  the  East  are  featured  on  the  former  and  the  Nations 
of  the  West  on  the  latter  of  these  arches.  These  wonderful 
groups  are  produced  by  Messrs.  Calder,  Sentelli  and  Roth. 


Inside  the  Court  of  the  Four  Seasons 

The  Court  of  the  Four  Seasons,  by  Henry  Bacon  of  New 
York,  is  one  of  the  beauty  spots  of  the  Exposition.  The  center 
is  occupied  by  a  pool,  and  the  Court  is  edged  with  greenery. 
In  the  four  corners  are  the  fountains  of  Spring,  Summer, 
Autumn  and  Winter,  by  Furio  PiccirrilH.  The  seasonal  paint- 
ings by  Milton  Bancroft  are  in  the  colonnades.  Albert  Jadger's 
group  of  "Harvest"  or  "Plenty"  stands  above  the  great  niche, 
and  the  Fountain  of  Ceres  by  Evelyn  Beatrice  occupies  the 
front  space. 


69 


Palace  of  Education 

The  Palace  of  Education  topped  with  its  great  half-dome, 
fronts  on  the  Avenue  of  Palms  on  the  south,  and  looks  out  to 
the  west  across  the  lagoon  to  the  Palace  of  Fine  Arts.  The 
north,  west,  and  two  south  entrances  are  decorated  with  appro- 
priate panels,  the  relief  panel  of  "Education"  above  the  main 
south  entrance  and  designed  by  Gustave  Gerlach,  being  most 
effective.  The  Palace  of  Education  is  the  southwest  unit  of  the 
main  group  and  lies  separated  from  the  Palace  of  Liberal  Arts 


70 


Great  Dome  of  the  Palace  of  Education 

by  the  Court  of  Pahns.  At  either  side  of  this  Court  and  stand- 
ing, one  at  the  corner  of  the  Palace  of  Education,  the  other  at 
the  corner  of  the  Liberal  Arts  Palace,  are  the  two  Italian  towers 
210  feet  in  height.  Marking  the  entrance  to  the  Court  is  the 
famous  sculpture  by  James  Earl  Eraser,  "The  End  of  the  Trail." 
The  Palace  of  Education  covers  nearly  five  acres  and  was  built 
at  a  cost  of  more  than  $300,000. 


71 


Looking  Across  the  Fine  Arts  Lagoon  at  the 
Palace  of  Education 

The  Fine  Arts  Lagoon  Hes  between  the  main  exposition  on 
the  east  and  the  Palace  of  Fine  Arts  on  the  west.  The  Palace, 
in  its  exterior  treatment  and  the  surroundings,  is  in  itself  an 
art  exhibit.  As  one  glimpses  the  structure  from  a  distance,  the 
appearance  of  age  and  weathering  in  its  walls,  the  twining 
vegetation  and  the  suggestion  of  open  courts  and  colonnades, 
reminds  one  of  an  ancient  ruin  or  bits  of  old  Kenilworth.  The 
architect  is  B.  R.  Maybeck  of  San  Francisco. 


72 


Palace  of  Horticulture 

The  great  glass  dome  of  the  Palace  of  Horticulture  is  one 
of  the  features  of  the  Exposition.  In  beauty  of  line  and  deli- 
cacy of  proportion,  there  is  nothing  to  surpass  it.  The  dome 
stands  182  feet  in  height,  the  diameter  being  152  feet.  Resting 
upon  the  dome  is  a  cap  or  basket  100  feet  in  circumference. 
The  ornamentation  is  most  effective.  At  night  the  dome  is 
lighted  by  searchlights  from  the  interior,  and  the  wonderful 
play  of  color  in  its  graceful  movement  around  the  dome  is  a 
charming  spectacle.  Bakewell  and  Brown,  San  Francisco,  are 
the  architects. 


73 


Main  North  Portal,  Palace  of  Transportation 

The  main  north  portal  of  the  Palace  of  Transportation  is  in 
the  Plateresque  treatment,  uniform  with  that  of  the  north 
facades  of  all  four  palaces  fronting  on  the  Esplanade.  This 
building  covers  seven  acres.  On  the  east  is  the  Court  of  the 
Ages,  on  the  south  the  Florentine  Court,  and  on  the  west  the 
Court  of  the  Universe.  The  cost  of  this  palace  v^as  a  half 
million  of  dollars. 


74 


California  Building 

Of  the  several  magnificent  State  Buildings,  that  of  California 
takes  high  rank.  It  is  the  largest  state  building  ever  con- 
structed for  an  Exposition.  Built  on  the  old  Spanish  Mission 
style  of  architecture,  it  fronts  the  Marina  on  the  south,  with  the 
Bay  of  San  Francisco  on  the  north.  In  the  patio  between  the 
wings  is  a  reproduction  of  the  forbidden  garden  of  the  Santa 
Barbara  Mission.    The  architect  is  Thomas  H.  F.  Burditt. 


75 


EDUCATIONAL  CONGRESSES  AND  CONFERENCES 


By  James  A.  Barr,  Director  of  Congresses, 
Panama-Pacific   International   Exposition 


N 


■ATIONAL  and  inter- 
national congresses  on 
Education,  Science, 
Literature,  Industry  and  So- 
cial Service  have,  since  the 
Paris  Exposition  of  1889,  been 
a  leading  feature  of  all  expo- 
sitions. In  their  congresses 
these  expositions  have  had  a 
central  theme.  The  central 
thought  at  the  Chicago  Expo- 
sition in  its  congresses  was 
given  expression  by  the  World 
Parliament  of  Religions.  The 
central  thought  of  the  St. 
Louis  Exposition  in  its  con- 
gresses was  learning,  as  ex- 
emplified by  the  World's  Con- 
gress of  Art  and  Science.  The 
ten  years  since  the  St.  Louis  Exposition  have  been  years  of 
social,  educational,  economic  and  industrial  unrest.  Communi- 
ties, states,  nations,  the  world  as  a  whole,  have  been  groping 
for  a  solution  of  problems  along  such  lines.  In  the  sense  of 
meeting  with  the  needs  of  the  world,  of  giving  the  greatest 
possible  help  to  state,  national  and  international  organizations, 
the  central  thought  of  the  many  congresses,  conferences  and 
conventions  to  be  held  in  or  near  San  Francisco  in  1915  will  be 
Service, — social,  educational  and  industrial  service. 

Practically  all  of  the  national  and  international  organizations 
of  the  world  have  been  invited  to  hold  regular  or  special  meet- 
ings or  to  send  delegations  to  San  Francisco  to  participate  in 
the  activities  of  the  Exposition.  Up  to  date,  851  congresses, 
conferences  and  conventions  have  been  scheduled  to  meet  in  or 
near  San  Francisco  with  specific  dates  named.  The  greatest  of 
the  groupings,  both  in  number  and  importance,  is  that  pertain- 
ing to  Education.  A  total  of  129  educational  conferences  will  be 
held  under  the  general  auspices  of  the  Exposition. 


76 


CALIFORNIA'S  EDUCATION  EXHIBIT— THE  PANAMA- 
PACIFIC  INTERNATIONAL  EXPOSITION 


I 


By  W.  D.  Egilbert,  Commissioner-General  of  California 

N  this — the  world's  great- 
est lesson  to  the  present 
generation  —  the  Panama- 
Pacific  International  Exposi- 
tion, California  endeavored  and 
has  succeeded  in  making  an  in- 
delible impression  upon  the 
world  educationally  and  eco- 
nomically. The  result  of  Cali- 
fornia's participation  in  the  ex- 
position upon  the  minds  of  all 
who  have  seen  it  has  been  re- 
markable; the  benefits  in  the 
years  to  come  will  be  potential. 
Not  only  will  this  lesson  abide 
with  those  who  are  fortunate 
to  receive  it  first-hand  from 
this  city  of  wonder  by  the 
Golden  Gate,  but  the  coming 
generations  will  reap  in  no 
small   degree  the  fruits  of  this  world  in   epitome. 

This  lesson  taught  by  the  exposition — in  which  Cali- 
fornia is  a  directing  factor — will  serve  to  co-ordinate  the 
friendship  of  nations ;  concentrate  the  minds  of  the  general 
public  along  lines  of  uplift ;  supply  to  those  who  are  lack- 
ing the  final  touches  of  a  higher  education,  and  will  serve 
to  show  that  man  has  progressed  most  through  educa- 
tion, and  that  he  will  continue  to  progress  only  through 
such  measures  which  tend  to  build  the  mind  and  strengthen 
the  morals — a  combination  which  is  the  human  dynamo 
that    sways    the   world. 

It  is  meet  that  the  National  Education  Association  should 
here  convene,  and  through  the  world — influence  its  members 
exert,  carry  the  ideas  and  the  lesson  taught  by  this,  the  greatest 
of  all  international  expositions.  First,  because  the  National  Edu- 
cation Association  is  the  most  fundamentally  imporant  organiza- 
tion of  the  entire  world,  and  it  is  upon  the  organization  as  a 


whole  and  its  members  as  individuals  that  the  future  genera- 
tions are  dependent  for  much  of  their  future  progress,  pros- 
perity and  happiness. 

While  California  has  sought  to  impress  the  world  visitors 
with  her  educational  assets,  it  is  no  less  recognized  that  exhibits 
of  activities  not  touching  upon  education  directly,  are  never- 
theless educational.  Every  exhibit,  or  display,  installed  by  the 
State,  counties,  business  concerns  or  individuals  plays  its  part 
in  this  great  lesson  to  humanity. 

In  installing  the  educational  exhibit  in  the  Palace  of  Educa- 
tion the  executive  committee  of  the  State  Educational  Com- 
mittee has  sought  in  agreeable  and  striking  manner  to  show  the 
power  of  the  school  system  over  the  child,  and  the  subsequent 
effect  upon  the  State  and  Nation.  The  motion  picture  theater 
was  recognized  by  those  who  designed  and  installed  the  exhibit 
as  an  exceptional  means  of  portraying  to  the  visitor  the  public 
schools  of  California  in  action,  and  at  the  same  time  preserving 
for  the  future  living  records  of  the  school  system  as  it  existed 
in  1915. 

These  films  do  not  contain  pictures  of  school  classes  in 
action  after  long  rehearsals,  but  depict  the  classes  in  everyday 
activity.  Pictures  are  shown  indicating  from  a  scientific  ^5li^no- 
point  how  we  are  teaching  the  child  to  be  ready  to  fight  the 
life  battles.  Illiteracy  is  being  banished  in  California  just  as 
the  pictures  show  the  visitor  and  the  student.  The  schools  of 
this  State  are  in  a  position  to  invite  healthy  criticism,  and  Cali- 
fornia regards  herself  as  generally  equal  and  in  many  points 
superior  in  systems,  not  only  in  teaching  the  child,  but  teaching 
the  parent.  Under  these  present  systems,  for  instance,  the 
teachers  go  into  the  home  of  the  illiterate  immigrants  to  teach 
the  English  language,  sanitation  and  even  domestic  science. 

In  the  educational  exhibit  are  featured  models  of  the  public 
school  buildings  the  State  University  at  Berkeley,  Leland  Stan- 
ford, Jr.,  University  at  Palo  Alto,  State  normal  schools,  open- 
air  schools,  playgrounds,  athletic  grounds  and  gymnasium^,  as 
well  as  structures  wherein  are  taught  domestic  science  and 
manual  training.  Art  has  been  featured  to  a  great  degree  and 
the  exhibit  is  rife  with  the  products  of  scholars  taught  under 
California's  system  of  domestic  science  and  manual  training. 
Not  only  are  the  city  and  rural  public  schools  shown,  but  the 

78 


State  schools  for  the  abnormal  child  and  the  private  school  for 
the  atypical  child  are  depicted  in  film,  models  and  exhibits. 

The  California  building,  housing  the  stupendous  diversified 
displays  of  the  counties  of  the  State,  is  one  of  the  valuable 
educational  assets  of  the  exposition,  elevating  and  impressive. 
In  this  building  are  shown  the  educational,  agricultural,  horti- 
cultural and  mining  products  and  industrial  activities  of  each 
county.  This  phase  of  California's  participation,  alone,  repre- 
sents in  excess  of  $2,000,000,  but  it  is  money  well  spent.  Here 
may  be  seen  the  fruits  and  flowers,  minerals,  game,  woods,  still 
pictures  and  motion  picture  films,  which  make  a  marked  impres- 
sion on  those  who  view  them,  and  there  can  be  no  "back  to  the 
soil"  movement  until  the  people  are  prepared  for  the  soil  and 
are  taught  to  take  every  advantage  which  Nature  offers  the 
human  race  through  the  soil.  The  experience  of  centuries  is 
here  epitomized. 

The  imprint  of  the  teaching  now  a  part  of  our  great  uni- 
versities is  conclusive.  In  the  Palace  of  Horticulture  are  fruit 
products  of  land  farmed  scientifically.  In  the  Palace  of  Agri- 
culture are  the  agricultural  products,  which  were  produced  in  a 
like  manner.  The  Palace  of  Mines  contains  a  wealth  of  lessons 
in  mining.  Not  only  are  the  minerals  of  California  in  abundance, 
but  there  may  be  seen  the  practical  methods  used  to  gain 
results.  In  the  Palace  of  Fine  Arts  are  paintings  from  the 
brushes  of  California  artists. 

California  timber  has  been  featured.  The  Palace  of  Agricul- 
ture contains  many  fine  wood  exhibits,  and  the  beautiful  red- 
wood bungalow  erected  by  Mendocino,  Humboldt  and  Sonoma 
counties  in  the  North  Gardens  is  not  only  a  structure  of  beauty, 
but  a  lesson  in  itself,  as  is  the  California  pine  bungalow,  adjoin- 
ing. The  Palaces  of  Machinery,  Varied  Industries,  Manufac- 
turers, Liberal  Arts,  Food  Products  and  Transportation  contain 
California  exhibits  of  much  value  and  interest. 

California  has  paid  generous,  silent  but  eloquent  tribute  in 
minute  detail  to  education. 


79 


Front  of  the  California    Booth,   Palace  of   Education, 
Panama-Pacific   International   Exposition. 

The  California  Exhibit  in  the  Palace  of  Education  brings  out 
strongly  two  features :  School  Architecture  and  Educational 
Motion  Pictures. 

The  California  Education  Committee,  realizing  the  value  of 
a  knowledge  of  school  architecture  to  the  teacher  and  the  super- 
visor, invited  the  various  counties  and  cities  in  the  State  to  par- 
ticipate in  the  exhibit.  As  a  result,  there  have  been  submitted 
photographs  of  typical  school  buildings,  including  rural,  elemen- 
tary and  high  schools,  and  institutions  of  higher  learning. 

Models  and  replicas  in  wood  and  plaster  of  kindergartens, 
open-air  schools,  and  grammar  and  high  scIkxiI  buildings,  are  on 
exhibit  from  various  portions  of  the  State.  All  in  all,  this  is  the 
most  typical  and  comprehensive  exhibit,  of  school  architectural 
features  that  has  ever  been  brought  together. 

Several  counties  and  cities  have,  through  motion  pictures, 
featured  in  whole  or  in  part,  activities  of  their  schools.  These 
pictures  include  buildings  and  grounds;  out-of-door  activities, 
such  as  athletics,  gymnastics  and  the  like ;  actual  classroom 
processes  in  book,  laboratory,  home  economics,  industrial  educa- 
tion  and   art    subjects;   agriculture,   library    work,    music,    folk 

80 


dancing  and  dramatics;  and  in  fact,  everything  that  pertains  to 
education  from  the  kindergarten  and  playground  to  college. 

Many  thousands  of  dollars  have  been  spent  in  securing  these 
pictures,  and  they  are  shown  daily  in  the  California  Motion  Pic- 
ture Booth  in  the  Palace  of  Education.  Much  of  the  credit  for 
securing  the  exhibits  from  Southern  California,  is  due  to  Mr. 
Hugh  J.  Baldwin.  Exhibits  from  other  portions  of  the  State  and 
the  installation  and  arrangement  of  the  collective  exhibit,  has 
been  in  the  hands  of  Miss  Ardee  Parsons. 


CALIFORNIA  EXECUTIVE  COMMITTEE 

Arthur  H.  Chamberlain,  Chairman 
San  Francisco 
Alexis  F.  Lange,  Berkeley  Mrs.  H.  N.  Rowell,  Berkeley 

Miss  Ethel  Moore,  Oakland  Horace  M.  Rebok,  Santa  Monica 


CALIFORNIA  EDUCATIONAL  ADVISORY  COMMITTEE 


Edward  Hyatt,  Sacramento 

Will  C.  Wood,  Sacramento 

Miss  M.   Schallenberger,  Sacramento 

E.  R.  Snyder,  Sacramento 

William  H.  Langdon,  Modesto 

Mrs.  O.  Shepard  Barnum,  Alhambra 

Mrs.  Phoebe  Hearst,  Pleasanton 

Richard  G.  Boone,  Berkeley 

Charles  H.  Rieber,  Berkeley 

E.  P.  Cubberley,  Stanford 

George  F.  Bovard,  Los  Angeles 

A.  A.  D'Ancona,  San  Francisco 

Alfred  Roncovieri,  San  Francisco 

A.  C.  Barker,  Oakland 

J.  H.  Francis,  Los  Angeles 

Duncan  Mackinnon,  San  Diego 

J.  A.  Cranston,  Santa  Ana 

A.  J.  Cloud,  San  Francisco 

Mrs.  Susan  M.  Dorsey,  Los  Angeles 

Allison  Ware,  Chico 

Miss  Ednah  A.  Rich,  Santa  Barbara 

M.  E.  Dailey,  San  Jose 

Mark  Keppel,  Los  Angeles 


Hugh  J.  Baldwin,  San  Diego 
George  W.  Frick,  Alameda 
Mrs.  Minnie  O'Neil,  Sacramento 
John  Anderson,  Stockton 

E.  W.  Lindsay,  Fresno 
James  B.  Davidson,  San  Rafael 
Mrs.  N.  E.  Davidson,  Hanford 

Mrs.  M.  M.  Fitz-Gerald,  San  Francisco 
L.  E.  Milligan,  Berkeley 

F.  H.  Meyer,  Berkeley 

George  A.  Merrill,  San  Francisco 
E.  Morris  Cox,  Oakland 
Everett  C.  Beach,  Los  Angeles 
Miss  W.  Rodman,  Los  Angeles 
Mrs.  A.  F.  Morrison,  San  Francisco 
William  John  Cooper,  Berkeley 
Miss  Blanche  Vance,  Los  Angeles 
C.  A.  Stebbins,  Chico 
W.  G.  Hummel,  Berkeley 
Mrs.  E.  M.  Bushnell,  San  Francisco 
E.  W.  Oliver,  Los  Angeles 
Everett  L.  Conger,  Pasadena* 


♦Deceased. 


81 


EDUCATIONAL  SURVEY 

Some  Suggestive  Exhibits  at  the  Panama-Pacific  International 

Exposition 

THERE  have  been  several  "Surveys"  made  of  educational 
exhibits  at  the  Exposition,  particularly  those  exhibits 
housed  in  the  Palace  of  Education.  These  surveys  or 
catalogues  have  all  been  of  distinct  service.  Helpful,  however, 
as  these  studies  have  proved,  the  approach  has,  in  every  in- 
stance, been  made  either  from  the  standpoint  of  (a)  the  geog- 
raphy of  the  building  housing  the  exhibit ;  that  is,  taking  the 
buildings  as  in  an  itinerary ;  (b)  the  location  of  the  exhibit 
within  a  given  building,  or  (c)  alphabetical  as  to  states  or  titles 
of  exhibits  within  a  given  building. 

Generally  speaking,  the  individual  is  especially  interested  in 
some  one  particular  phase  of  work  or  educational  activity.  He 
must  see  the  most  in  the  shortest  possible  time.  There  is  also 
much  that  is  educational  in  each  of  the  several  palaces,  and  an 
exhibit  installed  for  purely  commercial  purposes  may  have  the 
greatest  educational  significance.  It  will  be  understood,  how- 
ever, that  no  attempt  has  been  made  to  include  here  all  exhibits 
that  have  educational  value. 

In  the  following  study  the  topical  method  has  been  followed. 
The  exhibits  have  been  arranged  under  twenty-six  different 
heads.  There  are  a  number  of  duplications  and  cross  references. 
When  the  visitor  desires  to  locate  work  of  a  certain  character,  he 
can  quickly  turn  to  the  subject  in  which  he  is  interested. 

Acknowledgment  for  suggestion  is  due  the  Committee  of 
which  E.  Morris  Cox  was  Chairman,  and  which  made  the  study 
for  the  Bay  Section,  C.  T.  A.,  April  last ;  to  the  Committee  hav- 
ing charge  of  the  study  for  San  Francisco  school  children ;  to 
Dr.  M.  E.  Blanchard  for  his  work ;  to  Superintendent  A.  C.  Barker 
and  others  of  the  Exposition  Committee  of  the  N.  E.  A. ;  and  to 
Miss  Anna  Holway  of  the  office  of  the  Chief  of  the  Department 
of  Education  for  her  excellent  catalogue. 

ARTHUR  H.  CHAMBERLAIN. 


82 


Where  street  and  avenue  are  given— as  for  example:  B  and  5 — the  exhibit 
in  question  Is  in  tlie  Palace  of  Kducation,  at  the  intersection  of  5th  St.  and 
Ave.    B;   where   such  designation   is   not   given    the  palace   or  building  is   named. 

Where  a  given  exhibit  is  located  in  the  Palace  of  Agriculture  or  Palace  of 
Horticulture,  for  instance,  the  word  Agricultute  or  Horticulture  preceding  the 
name   of   the   exhibit,    will    indicate   the   location. 


Administration  and  Supervision 

Missouri  State  Exhibit.  3  bet.  A  &  B.  Demonstrating  Mis- 
souri's decentralized  school  system  and  growth  of  schools  since 
1894. 

N.  Y.  State  University.  3  &  15.  Centralization  of  supervision 
with  decentralization  of  service  in  a  state  school  system. 

Philippine  Islands.  1  &  A.  Collective  exhibit  illustrative  of 
entire  school  system ;  charts,  maps,  pictures  showing  organiza- 
tion and  conduct  of  schools ;  finance,  distribution,  etc. 

U.  S.  Bureau  of  Education.  3  &  B.  Showing  organization 
through  charts,  pictures,  models,  publications ;  school  finances, 
etc. 


Agriculture  and  Horticulture 

Agricultural  Palace.  Exhibit  of  all  phases  of  agriculture ;  dis- 
plays of  grains ;  charts  and  models ;  machinery,  etc. 

Agricultural  Palace.  U.  S.  Government.  Work  of  Agricultural 
Department.  Types  of  work  in  agriculture,  cotton  raising  and 
stock  raising;  protection  of  national  forest — before  and  after 
lumbering. 

California  Building.  Exhibit  of  products  from  all  portions  of  the 
state  by  counties  and  collectively. 

Horticultural  Palace.  Containing  exhibits  of  fruits,  methods  of 
handling,  packing,  shipping,  etc. 

Iowa  State.  4  &  A.  Photographs  and  laboratory  equipment 
illustrating  work  in   agriculture. 

Oregon  Building.     Farm  and  orchard  products  fully  exhibited. 

U.  S.  Bureau  of  Education.  3  &  B.  Work  of  Agricultural  Col- 
leges, Experimental  Stations ;  horticulture,  soils,  fertilizers,  ani- 
mal husbandry,  farm  management,  forestry,  etc. 

Utah.     3  &  B.     Activities  of  State  Agricultural  College. 

83 


Architecture  and  Building 

California,  State.  5  &  B.  Exhibits  of  photographs  and  models 
of  elementary,  high  and  normal  schools  and  colleges.  Motion 
pictures  of  school  architecture  and  equipment;  school  activities, 
class  room  and  out-of-door  work,  etc.  Models  of  Chico  and 
Santa  Barbara  Normal  Schools;  Armijo  (Solano  Co.),  Monrovia 
and  Santa  Monica  (Los  Angeles  Co.),  San  Diego  (San  Diego 
Co.),  Ceres,  Newman  and  Oakdale  (Stanislaus  Co.),  High 
Schools ;  Fresno  and  Sacramento  cities  and  Stanislaus  Co.  kin- 
dergartens, open-air  schools  and  elementary  schools. 

Gary,  Indiana,  Public  schools.  4  &  B.  Model  of  typical  school 
building  and  pictures  of  buildings,  showing  exteriors  and  inte- 
riors. 

Illinois.  Models  of  buildings  and  school  plants,  showing  types 
from  rural  school  to  State  University.     Very  comprehensive. 

New  York  State.  3  &  B.  Model  of  State  Educational  Building 
at  Albany. 

Philippine  Islands.  1  &  A.  Models,  plans  and  pictures  of  new 
buildings.     Evolution  of  school  buildings   during  recent  years. 

U.  S.  Government.    C  bet.  3  &  4.     Models  of  school  buildings. 

Art,  Design  and  Photography 

American  Crayon  Co.  6  &  B.  A  most  suggestive  exhibit  of 
drawings  and  sketches  made  with  their  crayons  and  art 
materials. 

Arequipa.  3  &  E.  Pottery  in  various  forms  of  display;  tiles, 
vases,  etc. 

Argentina.  2  &  C.  Special  attention  given  to  art  work,  and  to 
application  of  design  in  construction. 

Binney  &  Smith.     Mezzanine,  5.    Art  materials  and  designs. 

Child  Welfare  Photographic  Exhibit.  6  &  D.  Children's  photo- 
graphs. 

China.  2  &  A.  Handwork,  needlework,  clay,  tapestry,  painting, 
carving.  Superior  technique  and  careful  and  painstaking  work 
shown  throughout. 

Fine  Applied  and  Manual  Arts.  6  &  B.  Model  rooms  planned 
and  executed  by  individual  schools  or  institutions;  furniture  and 
fittings  made  and  placed.  Work  in  wood,  metal,  textiles,  tiles 
and  pottery,  painting,  etc.  Work  in  fine  and  applied  arts 
throughout  all  years  of  school. 

Fine  Arts  Palace.  Paintings,  sculpture,  textiles,  tapestries, 
jewelry.     Special  attention  should  be  given  the  building  itself, 

84 


the  setting  and  environment  of  the  Palace ;  the  bronzes,  both 

within  and  outside  the  building,  and  the  sculptures. 

Japan.     2   &   D.      Specimens  of  art  and   handwork;   particular 

attention  to  color. 

Milton  Bradley.     Mezzanine,  5.    Art  and  color  work. 

Oregon  Building.     Drawing  and  industrial  work;  the  art  room 

is  especially  attractive,  the  color  scheme  excellent. 

Philippines.     1  &  A.    Design  applied  to  textiles,  baskets,  fabrics, 
etc.;  painting  and  fine  art  showing  Spanish  influence;  tapestries 
and  textiles  showing  influence  of  the  Orient. 
Rodman-Wanamaker.     6  &  C.     Photographs  of  Indian  life. 
Utah.     3  &  B.     Drawing,  textiles,  metal  work. 
Varied  Industries  Building.    Commercial  exhibits  showing  appli- 
cation of  art  and  design  in  the  home. 

Zone.     Creation. 

Commercial  Education 
Palmer  Penmanship.  Mezzanine  Floor,  5  St.  A  class  in  pen- 
manship at  work,  illustrating  the  Palmer  method. 
Spencerian  Commercial  School.  Mezzanine-5. 
Standard  Commercial  School.  6  &  C.  A  model  commercial 
school  in  actual  operation,  illustrating  methods  in  penmanship, 
bookkeeping,  stenography  and  typewriting  and  other  commercial 
subjects;  in  office  practice,  filing  systems,  and  so  on;  fifty 
students  at  work  daily.  Companies  participating  in  this  collec- 
tive exhibit:  Gregg  Publishing  Co.  (Gregg  System  of  Short- 
hand and  Rational  Typewriting  and  Office  Practice  for  Stenog- 
raphers), Linatime  Mfg.  Co.  (Copyright),  A.  N.  Palmer  Co. 
(Penmanship),  South  West  Publishing  Co.  (20th  Century  Book- 
keeping), C.  F.  Weber  &  Co.  (School  Furniture),  Remington 
Typewriter  Co.  (Typewriters  for  Commercial  Schools),  Yaw- 
man  &  Erbe  Mfg.  Co.  (Filing  Equipment). 

Consolidation  and  Centralization  of  Schools 
Illinois.  3  &  B.  Pictures  and  models  of  consolidated  rural,  grade, 
and  high  schools. 

Indiana.  4  bet.  A  &  B.  Activities  of  consolidated  schools — 
photographs  and  models. 

N.  Y.  3  &  B.  Centralized  System.  Map  showing  entire  number 
and  location  of  schools  in  state. 

U.  S.  Government.  3  &  C.  Exhibit  shows  desirability  of  con- 
solidation of  many  of  our  212,000  one-room  schools.  Models, 
charts,  designs. 

Utah  State  Exhibit.  3  &  B.  Designed  to  show  value  of  con- 
solidated schools  through  relief  map.  The  possibilities  of  con- 
solidation clearly  demonstrated.    Model  of  consolidated  district. 

85 


Courses  of  Study 

Argentina.  2  &  C.  Photographs,  charts,  drawings,  and  trans- 
parencies of  school  curricula. 

Berkeley  High  School.  6  &  B.  Transparencies  showing  actual 
school  work. 

China.  2  &  A.  Shows  the  great  advance  educational  movement 
in  China  and  as  well  the  influence  of  the  older  days ;  tech- 
nical ability  rather  than  thought  processes  over  emphasized. 
Lack  of  correlation  and  difficulty  of  work  in  elementary  schools 
noticeable. 

Gary  Public  Schools.  5  &  B.  Transparencies  showing  actual 
class  room  activities. 

Japan.    2  &  D.     System  of  education  emphasizing  art. 

Philippines.  1  &  A.  Shows  relation  of  text  books  to  laboratory 
and  shop  courses  and  application  to  the  needs  of  the  people. 
The  extension  of  education  into  the  home. 

Utah.     3  &   B.     Photographs,  transparencies   and   actual   work. 

Educational  Extension 

N.  W.  Harris  School  Extension.     3  &  A.     (See  museums.) 

Philippine  Islands.  1  &  A.  Relation  of  school  to  home,  espe- 
cially through  industrial  processes. 

U.  S.  Government.  3  &  C.  Shows  possibilities  of  extension  work 
and  progress  through  pictures  and  charts. 

Wisconsin.  5  &  A.  Library  and  school  extension  work  shown 
by  pictures  and  charts. 

Defective  Children 

California  School  for  Deaf  and  Blind.  5  near  A.  Methods  for 
teaching  deaf  and  blind ;  demonstrations. 

Massachusetts  State  Exhibit.  5  &  C.  Work  of  Health  Depart- 
ment, etc. ;  charity,  blind,  insanity. 

N.  Y.'  Commission  for  Blind.  4  bet.  C  &  D.  Education  and 
care  of  blind ;  the  insane,  treatment  of  special  classes. 

North  Dakota.  Work  done  at  Institute  of  Feeble-minded  and 
School  of  Blind. 

Oakland  Atypical  Children.  4  &  C.  Showing  what  the  city  is 
doing  for  its  atypical  children.  Manual  training,  drawing  and 
sewing  emphasized. 

Oakland  School  for  Blind.    5  &  C. 
86 


Sonoma  State  Home.     5   &  C.     Demonstrating  work  clone  by 
feeble-minded.     Art  and  textiles. 

Mrs.  Trask's  Lip  Reading.    4  near  A.     Lip  reading  as  method  of 
teaching  deaf. 

Geography 

(a)  Clothing. 

China.     2  &  A.     Silk  exhibit  illustrating  various  stages  of  the 
industry. 

Japan  Building.     Silk  exhibit. 

Philippine  Islands.     Fabrics  and  tapestries. 

Varied  Industries  Building.     California  Cotton  Mills,  Oakland. 
Work  of  the  loom. 

(b)  Food. 

Australian   Building.    Most  complete  exhibits  of  grains,  fruits, 
vegetables,  etc. 

Canadian  Building.     Exhibit  of  grains  and  fruits. 

Food  Products.    Bees  and  honey  making  shown  by  actual  stands 
of  bees  at  work.     (J.  C.  Frohliger). 

Food  Products.     Model  Camp. 

Food    Products.      Model    of   salmon    cannery.      Alaska    Packers 
Association. 

Food   Products.     State   Fish   and   Game  Commission,  and  Cali- 
fornia Academy  of  Science. 

Food   Products.     L.  S.   Government  exhibit  of  Fisheries. 

Horticulture.     Grading  and  canning  of  fruit;  picking,  marketing. 

Horticulture.     Orange   Industry.     Tangerine  growing,    picking, 
boxing,  etc. 

New  Zealand  Building.     Exhibit  of  products. 

Swedish  Building,     Exhibit  of  products. 

Washington  State.     Exhibit  of  Fisheries. 

(c)  Transportation.    (Unless  otherwise  indicated,  in  Transporta- 
tion Building.) 

Demonstration  of  submarine  mine. 

Growth  of  Navy,  Merchant  Marine. 

Map  showing  highway  from  Galveston  to  Winnipeg. 


87 


Models  showing  construction  of  levee  in  Mississippi  river;  also 
Los  Angeles  and  Galveston  Harbors. 

Models   showing  Pacific  highway   from   Seattle   to  San   Diego. 

Models  showing  lock  and  dam,  Ohio  river. 

Models  showing  relation  of  San  Francisco  to  Pacific  ocean  ports. 

Models  showing  highway  in  Washington  State  in  relation  to  the 
Columbia  river. 

Models  of  steamships. 

Machinery    Building.      Road-making   as   carried    on    in   various 
nations. 

Machinery.     Tillamuck  Lighthouse  model,  48,000  C.  P. 

Mines.     Engine  on  turntable  in  operation. 

Norway  Building.     Merchant  Marine. 

Trans-continental  journey  and  fac  simile  of  ticket  and  cities  en 
route  shown  by  models  and  miniatures. 

(d)  Industries,  Manners,  Customs,  Peoples 

Food  Products.     Making  of  flour.     Sperry  flour  exhibit. 
Food  Products.     Panorama  illustrative  of  tea-growing,  picking, 
etc.,  in  Japan. 

Food  Products.     Salmon  Canning  Industry. 

Food  Products.     U.  S.  Fisheries  Exhibit. 

Liberal  Arts.     Coflfee  Industry. 

Liberal  Arts.     Reclamation  Service. 

Liberal  Arts.   Study  of  native  life,  manners  and  customs,  homes, 
clothing,  industries. 

Liberal  Arts.     Work  of  the  Civil  Service. 

Massachusetts.     5  &  C.     Motion  picture  making  of  a  shoe. 

Mines.     Exhibit  of  U.  S.  Steel  Corporation. 

Mines.     Postoffice  in  operation. 

Philippines.     1  &  A.     Weaving  and  basket  making  by  Filipinos. 

Rodman-Wanamaker.    6  &  C.     Indian  life  pictures. 

Transportation.     Dredger  at  work. 

Transportation.    Exhibit  showing  Railway  Mail  Service  in  car. 

Transportation.     Logging  and  finished  timber  exhibit. 

Transportation.    U.  S.  Government  Exhibit.     Work  of  Forestry 

Department.     Photographs  and  models. 

38 


Zone.     Tehauntepec   (Mexican  Village). 

(e)  Map  Study. 

Italian  Building.     Map  outside  of  building. 

Mines.     Model  of  the  United  States. 

N.  Y.  State  3  &  B.     Relief  map  of  State  of  New  York. 

Transportation.  Map  showing  highway  from  Galveston  to 
Winnipeg. 

Transportation.  Models  showing  Pacific  Coast  Highway  Seat- 
tle to  San  Diego. 

Transportation.  Models  showing  relation  of  San  Francisco  to 
Pacific  ocean  ports. 

Transportation.  Models  showing  highway  in  Washington  State 
in  relation  to  Columbia  river. 

Transportation.     Model  of  Panama  Canal. 

Transportation.     Model  of  Washington,  D.  C. 

Transportation.     Model  of  New  York  City  and  Brooklyn. 

Transportation.  Trans-continental  journey  and  fac  simile  of 
regular  ticket  and  cities  en  route  shown  by  models  and  minia- 
tures. 

Utah.     3  &  B.     Physical  map  of  State. 

Zone.     Panoramic  view  of  Grand  Canyon  of  Arizona. 

Zone.     Panoramic  view  of  Panama  Canal. 

Zone.  Panoramic  view  of  Yellowstone  Park  and  Old  Faithful 
Geyser  in  action. 

Health  and  Sanitation 

American  Medical  Assn.  4  near  D.  Exposure  of  patent  medi- 
cine and  other  "fakes." 

American  Social  Hygiene  Assn.  4  &  D.  Arguments  for  teach- 
ing of  social  hygiene. 

Arequipa  Sanatorium.  3  &  E.  Treatment  of  tuberculosis. 
Healthful  work  in  pottery  for  tubercular  wage-earning  women. 

Baby  Hospital  of  Alameda  County.  6  &  E.  Showing  proper 
care  of  infants. 

California  Association  for  Study  of  Tuberculosis.  4  &  E.  Show- 
ing prevalency  of  tuberculosis  and  facilities  for  prevention. 

89 


Cuba,  2  &  C.  Pictures  and  models  showing  sanitary  arrange- 
ments and  health  conditions.  Spread  of  disease  and  disease  i)re- 
vention.     Types  of  buildings  most  complete. 

Japan.  2  &  D.  Sanitary  work  and  charts  showing  effects  of 
anti-tobacco  law.  Models,  and  diagrams.  Also  3  &  E.  The 
Red  Cross  on  battle  field  and  in  camp.    Hospital  equipment. 

Joint  Board  of  Sanitary  Control.  6  &  D.  Charts  and  photo- 
graphs of  child  welfare. 

Liberal  Arts.  Sanitation  ;  Disease,  prevention  and  cure :  health 
in  the  home. 

Machinery  Hall.     Disposal  of  garbage,  city  cleaning,  etc. 

Maryland.     2  &  C.     Public  baths  and  welfare  work. 

Massachusetts.  5  &  C.  Health  in  relation  to  civic  welfare. 
Models,  charts,  maps  and  hospital  work. 

Mouth  Hygiene  Association  of  America.  4  &  E.  Demonstra- 
tion of  care  of  the  teeth. 

National  Consumers'  League.  5  &  D.  Showing  unsanitary  con- 
ditions under  which  cheap  clothing  is  made. 

New  York  State  Department  of  Labor.  C  &  4.  Factory  inspec- 
tion, child  labor,  etc. 

New  York  Department  for  P)lin{l.  4  bet.  C  &  D.  Education  and 
care  of  blind. 

New  York  State  Health  Department.  2  &  D.  Models  showing 
.longevity,  water  filteration  plant,  sewerage  disposal,  etc. 

Pennsylvania  State  Board  of  Health.  4  &  D.  Exhibit  of  school 
hygiene  and  sanitation.  Charts,  models,  transparencies,  labora- 
tory equipment,  housing,  school  hygiene,  disease  prevention. 
Most  complete  exhibit. 

Philippine  Islands.  3  &  E.  Public  Health  Department.  Progress 
in  health  conservation  and  health  since  advent  of  Americans. 
Excellent  models  and  diagrams. 

Race  Betterment.     3  &  C.     Charts,  models,  electric  devices. 

Rockefeller  Foundation.  3  &  D.  Demonstration  of  treatment 
of  hookworm  disease ;  models  and  charts. 

Uruguay  Building.    School  hygiene. 

U.  S.  Children's  Brueau.  4  &  E.  Free  examination  and  clinic 
for  children's  diseases.  Models  and  devices  illustrating  infant 
mortality,  child  labor,  etc, 

90 


U.  S.  Department  of  Labor.  5  &  E.  Pertaining  to  infant  mor- 
tality ;  playground  work  and  child  labor. 

Zone.     Infant  Incubators. 

History  and  Civics 

Carnegie  Institute  of  Washington.  4  &  C.  Exhibits  showing 
work  in  economics  and  sociology,  etc. 

Illinois  Building.     Lincoln  Memorial  Hall. 

Maryland.     Historical  pictures. 

Massachusetts.  Pictures  of  famous  personages  and  literature 
descriptive  of  our  country's  history. 

Washington.     Ezra  Meeker's  history  of  the  Oregon  Trail. 

Zone.      Battle  of  Gettysburg. 

Home  Economics 

Food  Products.  Panoramic  illustration  of  tea  growing,  picking, 
etc.,  in  Japan. 

Food  Products.     Salmon  Canning  Industry. 

Food  Products.     Sponge  Industry ;  model  and  equipment 

Food  Products.     Sperry  Flour  Exhibit.     The  making  of  flour. 

Food  Products.  U.  S.  Fisheries  Exhibit.  Showing  various  food 
fishes;  the  life  of  the  salmon;  fishing  utensils  and  tackle;  meth- 
ods of  seining,  etc. 

Liberal  Arts.     Sickroom  and  Nursing. 
Mines.     Manufacture  of  paint. 

Rooms  from  Louise  Brigham's  homes.  6  &  D.  Showing  eco- 
nomical and  artistic  furnishing  of  homes  and  use  of  box  furni- 
ture.    The  application  of  design  to  construction. 

Varied  Industries.  California  Cotton  Mills,  Oakland.  Work  of 
the  loom. 

Varied  Industries.     Coffee  Industry. 

Varied  Industries.  Exhibit  showing  application  of  art  and  design 
in  home. 

Varied   Industries.     Large   department   Store. 

Varied  Industries.  Model  home  showing  application  of  elec- 
tricity in  heating,  lighting  and  labor-saving,  and  in  all  depart- 
ments ;  laundry,  sewing,  cooking,  etc. 

Varied  Industries.     Singer  Sewing  Machine  Company. 

Varied  Industries.     Work  of  Sewing  Machine. 

Washington  State.     Fisheries  industry  fully  illustrated. 

91 


Humane  Education 

American  Humane  Education  Society,  4  &  A.     Literature. 

Liberty   Bell   Bird   Club.     6   &   B.     Representing  international 

movement  to  save  the  song  birds  and  the  insect  destroyers. 

Stockyards.     Exhibit  of  Society  for  Prevention   of  Cruelty   to 

Animals. 

Zone.     Educated    horse    Captain   Ph.   1). 

Industrial  and  Vocational  Education 
Argentina.  2  &  C.  Demonstrating  Industrial  Schools. 
Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts.  C  bet.  5  &  6.  Exhibit  centers 
around  vocational  and  trade  industries  and  shows  possibilities  of 
school  extension.  The  use  of  local  materials.  Legislation  mak- 
ing for  establishment  of  vocational  schools.  Methods  of  work. 
Models,  photographs  and  actual  work  in  textiles,  millinery  and 
shop  projects. 

Hough's    American    woods.      Mezzanine,    5.      Books    illustrated 
with  actual  wood  specimens. 
Machinery  Hall.     Construction  of  a  modern  safe. 

Manual  Arts.  6  &  B.  Showing  connection  between  manual  arts 
and  industries,  commerce,  transportation,  recreation,  etc.  Models 
made  by  pupils  of  San  Francisco  public  schools. 

Oregon  Building.     Showing  vocational  training. 

Philippines.     1  &  A.     Illustrating  how  education  may  determine 

trade  and  commerce.     The  utilization  of  native  materials  in  the 

making  of  furniture,  hats,  baskets,  etc.      Work  in  textiles  and 

at  looms. 

Republic  of  China.    2  &  A.     Showing  work  in  government. 

Rooms  from  Louise  Brigham's  homes.     (See  Home  Economics.) 

Transportation  Building.     Setting  up  of  a  Ford  automobile. 

Uruguay.     5  &  B.    The  work  of  school  shops  and  trade  schools 

shown. 

U.  S.  Government.     Shows  possibilities  of  marketing. 

Varied  Industries.     Watch  making  and  shoe  manufacturing. 

Libraries 
American    Library   Association.     3   &  A.      Location   of   library 
stations  and  work  of  the  Free  County  Library ;  means  of  exten- 
sion ;  work  with  children  and  foreigners,  etc.     Charts,  pictures 
and  literature. 

California  Educational  Exhibit.     5  &  B.     Motion  picture  show- 
ing State  Library,  etc. 
Philippines.     1  &  A. 

St.  Louis  Public  School  Association.    3  bet.  A  &  B. 
U.  S.  Government.    C  bet.  3  &  4. 

Wisconsin.  5  &  A.  Distribution  of  library  service.  A  model 
school  library.    Photographs  of  rural  and  high  schools. 


Mining 
Mines.     Exhibit  of  minerals  and  ores. 

Mines.  Government  exhibit  showing  exact  reproduction  under- 
ground of  coal,  gold,  copper,  silver  and  other  mines. 

Mines.     Models  of  mines. 

Mines.     Panorama  of  Alaska  Mines. 

Mines.    Panorama  of  Midway  Oil  Fields. 

Mines.  Underground  Coal  Mine  Exhibit.  Alaska.  Ten  cents 
admission.  Showing  excellent  miniature  in  cross-section  and 
panoramic  view. 

Mines.     Underground  Tourmaline  Mine. 

Utah.  3  &  B.  Charts  and  actual  specimens.  State  School  of 
Mines. 

Kindergartens. 
Milton  Bradley.     Mezzanine,  5.     Materials,  art  work,  etc. 

Moral  Education  and  Citizenship 
Anti-Saloon    League.      1    &    E.      Maps,    charts,    etc.,    showing 
health,  longevity,  heredity,  etc.,  in  relation  to  use  of  cigarettes 
and  alcoholic  beverages. 

Prohibition  Headquarters.  1  near  E.  Charts  and  statements 
showing  effect  of  liquor  traffic. 

Religious  Organizations.  1  &  C.  Showing  religious  and  educa- 
tional work  in  South  and  in  foreign  lands. 

W.  C.  T.  U.  3  &  D.  Place  of  temperance  study  in  school  cur- 
riculum.    Economic  waste  in  use  of  alcohol. 

Motion  Pictures 
Motion  pictures  are  to  be  seen  at  the  following  places  in  the 
Palace  of  Education : 

California  Educational  Exhibit.  5  &  B.  Showing  educational 
activities  from  kindergarten  to  college.  Counties  represented : 
Alameda,  Imperial,  Los  Angeles,  Orange,  Marin,  San  Diego, 
Santa  Clara,  Solano.  High  schools :  Monrovia,  Santa  Monica, 
Venice.  City  system  :  Los  Angeles.  Private  schools :  Belmont, 
Mt.  Tamalpais.     State  High  School  Cadets.     State  Library. 

Departmental  Theater  No.  1.  5  near  B.  Particular  attention 
given  to  health  and  travel. 

Departmental  Theater  No.  2.  6  &  B.  Films  showing  open-air 
schools ;  school  museums ;  Philippine  schools  ;  Chicago  schools ; 
milk  Pasteurization ;  Pratt  Institute ;  Gary  schools ;  text  book 
making;  penmanship,  etc. 

93 


Federal  Council  of  Churches.  Travel,  tours  and  missionary 
work. 

Massachusetts  Educational  Exhibit.  4  &  C.  The  shoe-making 
industry ;  activities  of  the  blind,  crippled  and  deformed  children ; 
the  feeble-minded ;  inebriates ;  work  in  industrial  schools  for 
boys  and  girls. 

Indiana.     3  A  &  B.     Consolidated  school  districts. 

New  York  State  Exhibit.  3  &  D.  Films  illustrating  health, 
treatment  of  insane,  scenery  and  cities  of  New  York  State ;  fire 
drills  in  factories  and  schools,  etc. 

Rodman — Wanamaker.     6  &  C.     Indian  life  pictures. 
Wisconsin.     5  &  B.     Industrial  and  nature  study  pictures. 

Museums 
China.    2  &  A.     Art  materials,  historical  collection. 

N.  W.  Harris  Public  School  Extension  of  Field  Museum  of 
Natural  History.  3  &  A.  Inaugurated  at  close  of  World's 
Columbian  Exposition.  Mounted  specimens  of  bird  and  animal 
life,  minerals,  natural  history  studies,  etc.  Suggestions  for  a 
circulating  museum. 

St.  Louis  Educational  Museum.  3  &  A.  Shows  possibilities  of 
school  museum ;  nucleus  of  exhibits  shown  at  St.  Louis,  1914. 
Illustrative  materials  in  geography,  history,  art,  etc. 

Uruguay.     5  &  B.     Collections  of  industrial  and  educational 
value. 

Montessori 

Montessori.  5  &  D.  Class  beginning  August  1st.  Lectures  and 
demonstrations  by   Madame   Marie   Montessori. 

U.  S.  Department  of  Labor.  4  &  E.  Pictures  showing  Montes- 
sori system. 

Music 
Liberal   Arts.     Columbia  Graphophone   Company. 
Liberal  Arts.     Victor  Talking  Machine  Company. 
Open-Air  Schools 

California  Exhibit.  5  &  B.  Open-air  schools  shown  in  models 
and  drawings,  and  motion  pictures. 

Elizabeth  McCormick  Memorial  Fund.  4  &  C.  Charts,  photo- 
graphs and  models  illustrating  the  value  of  open-air  schools  in 
health  preservation.     Equipment,  plans  of  buildings,  etc. 

94 


Printing 

China.    2  &  A.     Block  printing. 

Ginn  &  Company.  5  &  A.  Showing  text  books  in  the  making; 
motion  pictures,  charts,  models,  etc.  Evolution  of  the  book 
from  author  to  school  room. 

Machinery  Hall.     Printing  press  in  actual  operation. 

Oregon  Building.     Showing  products  of  students'  printing  shop. 

Rural  School  Problems 

California  exhibit.  5  &  B.  Models,  photographs  and  motion 
pictures. 

Indiana.  4  &  A.  Consolidation;  photographs  of  rural  school 
activities. 

Oregon.  5  &  A.  Charts  and  photographs  of  rural  life ;  model  of 
rural  school ;  school  credits  for  home  work  illustrated. 

Utah.   3  &  B.  The  rural  school  and  the  problem  of  consolidation. 

U.  S.  Government.  3  &  C.  Maps,  charts  and  records  bearing 
upon  the  problem.     Evolution  of  the  country  school. 

Social  Hygiene 

American  Social  Hygiene  Association.  4  &  D.  Argument  for 
teaching  of  social  hygiene. 

School  Systems 

Argentina.  2  &  C.  Shows  rapid  development.  Photographs 
and  charts. 

China.     2  &  A.     Elementary  and  secondary  schools. 

Japan.  2  &  D.  Relation  of  book  work  to  industrial  and  art 
lines;  elementary,  high  and  college  courses. 

Missouri.  Type  of  decentralized  school  system. 

Oregon.    5  &  A.    System  of  rural  school  education. 

Philippine  Islands.  1  &  A.  Shows  centralized  idea  upon  the 
one  hand  with  application  to  local  needs  upon  the  other. 

Uruguay.     5  &  B.     Emphasis  upon  industrial  work. 

U.  S.  Bureau  of  Education.  3  &  B.  Shows  progress  of  educa- 
tion since  St.  Louis  Exposition.  Maps,  charts,  models,  etc. 
Work  of  pupils. 

Wisconsin.  5  &  B.  Educational  forces  of  the  state.  Library 
work. 

^  95 


THE  PANAMA-CALIFORNIA  EXPOSITION 
By  Lewis  H.  Falk,  Director  of  Publicity 

AN  all-year  visitor  to  San  Diego  wrote  back  East,  ''The 
strangest  thing  here  is  that  electric  fans  and  coal  scut- 
tles are  passe." 

All  of  which  is  a  reminder  that  in  building  an  Exposition 
Beautiful  in  a  land  where  climate  allows  the  most  extraordinary 
feats  of  landscape  architecture,  the  Panama-California  Exposi- 
tion at  San  Diego  has  not  confined  its  eflForts  to  passing  sensa- 
tion. It  has  built  its  exhibits  with  a  view  to  presenting  in 
striking  form  the  resources  of  the  American  West — resources 
developed  to  show  what  has  been  done ;  resources  undeveloped, 
to  show  what  remains  to  be  done.  This  feature,  perhaps  the 
most  noteworthy  from  the  viewpoint  of  permanent  economic 
advantage,  is  set  forth,  in  a  way  that  is  destined  to  appeal  with 
gripping  force  to  banker,  to  manufacturer,  to  educator,  to  settler, 
and  even  to  the  casual  tourist.  The  tourist  may  come  for 
amusement,  but  he  is  going  away  with  an  education. 

Near  the  north  entrance  to  the  grounds  is  a  large  reservation 
taken  by  the  International  Harvester  Company.  It  is  an  open 
tract,  and  here  is  shown  the  heavy  machinery  of  the  Harvester 
Company  in  actual  operation.  Your  Eastern  city  man  may  see 
the  tractor  and  the  motor-driven  reapers  at  work.  He  may  see 
one  man  and  a  machine  doing  in  one-half  day  as  much  work  as 
kept  the  old-time  farmer  and  five  men  busy  for  an  entire  week. 
He  may  see  why  the  progressive  farmer  does  not  live  in  terror 
of  weather  changes.  He  may  see  why  profits  are  large  and 
expenses  light.  His  wife,  walking  through  the  Home  Economy 
Building,  will  see  that  the  same  mechanical  power  which  saves 
labor  in  the  meadow  also  can  be  put  to  work  in  the  kitchen  and 
laundry  and  sewing  room  to  relieve  her  of  the  arduous  labors 
she  had  feared. 

Together  husband  and  wife  can  go  to  the  model  small-unit 
farm,  where  a  model  bungalow  is  set  in  the  center  of  an  inten- 
sively cultivated  area,  where  grow  fruits  and  vegetables  and 
cereals  and  poultry  in  the  narrowest  confines.  The  point  is  that 
they  can  see  all  this  in  operation.  In  a  single  day,  they  can 
observe  and  study  the  demonstration  of  facts  that  no  amount 
of  reading  would  ever  make  clear. 

On  the  interior  wall  of  each  state  building  is  placed  a  great 

96 


contour  map  of  the  entire  commonwealth.  The  visitor  shows 
an  interest  in  a  particular  exhibit  of  barley.  A  guide  shows  him 
on  the  map  exactly  where  that  barley  was  grown.  The  guide 
points  out  the  nearest  route  to  market,  whether  by  highway  or 
by  railroad.  He  describes  what  other  crops  can  be  raised  with 
profit  in  that  valley.  He  locates  the  nearest  water  supply,  and 
points  out  the  nearest  school  and  church  of  the  visitor's  denom- 
ination. In  other  words,  the  visitor  can  stand  before  that  map 
and  learn  everything  he  can  wish  to  know  about  any  and  every 
section  of  the  state. 

The  delicious  fragrance  of  the  big  citrus  orchard,  which  is  a 
spectacular  exhibit  of  the  Southern  counties  of  California,  floods 
the  air.  From  the  open  plazas  can  be  seen  below  the  canyons 
filled  with  cypress  and  palm  and  eucalyptus,  beyond  the  rolling 
hills  and  in  the  distance  the  snow-capped  peaks  of  California 
and  old  Mexico.  To  the  west,  lies  the  Harbor  of  the  Sun,  then 
Coronado  and  Point  Loma,  and  still  further,  the  blue  Pacific.  It 
is  a  resplendent  stage  from  which  to  deliver  a  great  message. 

Convention  bodies  from  every  industry  and  profession  are 
rallying  in  force  at  the  Exposition.  Since  January  first,  it  has 
housed  a  veritable  pot  pourri  of  personalities,  the  lay  man,  the 
scientist,  the  scholar,  the  educator,  and  continuing  on  down  to, 
even  including  the  butcher,  the  baker  and  candle-stick  maker. 

The  Exposition,  while  not  international  in  its  scope,  touches 
on  the  foreign  countries  sufficiently  to  furnish  the  visitor  with  a 
comprehensive  travelogue  in  a  sort  of  "vest  pocket  edition."  He 
sees  Japan,  parts  of  South  America,  the  Hawaiian  village,  while 
before  him  at  every  hand  in  science,  literature  and  art,  is  exem- 
plified the  history  and  progress  of  the  United  States.  Diversity 
of  the  Exposition  is  one  of  its  most  appealing  points. 

It  has  been  written  that  "nothing  succeeds  like  success,"  and 
this  rather  homely  phrase  is  found  in  a  receptive  mood  at  San 
Diego's  Exposition,  with  its  gates  thrown  open  January  1, 
marking  the  beginning  of  the  period  in  which  the  first  all-year 
exposition  in  history  will  be  held.  The  attendance  has  reached 
expectations.  The  million  mark  in  attendance  has  long  been 
passed,  and  the  record  is  reaching  out  toward  two  million. 


97 


The  California  Building  at  the  Panama-Pacific  Exposition, 
San  Diego,  facing  the  Prado  on  the  north,  is  of  the  cathedral 
type  of  architecture.  Surrounded  by  shrubbery  and  flowers,  it 
fits  admirably  into  the  general  building  scheme.  The  Spanish 
feeling  pervades  the  entire  exposition,  not  alone  in  the  style  of 
buildings,  but  in  the  surroundings  and  atmosphere.  The  visitor 
has  at  once  something  of  the  sensation  that  must  have  come  to 
those  Europeans  who  first  looked  in  upon  us. 


98 


The  Science  and  Education  Building  in  Spanish  Colonial 
style  is  handled  after  the  general  type  of  our  "Mission"  architec- 
ture. Opening  onto  the  Prado,  the  main  street  of  the  Exposition, 
the  effect  is  imposing.  The  Spanish  Gardens,  the  sunshine,  the 
suggestion  of  calm  and  contentment,  and  the  perfect  beauty  in 
color  and  surrounding,  carry  us  back  to  the  old  world  and  to  the 
early  Spanish  American  days  in  the  Southwest. 


99 


The  Three  Brothers — Yosemlte  National  Park — standing  shoulder  to  shoulder 

and    nodding    Into   the   sun-kissed   valley   and    mirrored    In    the   clear   waters   of 

the  Merced. 

— Chamberlain  Photo. 

100 


Our  W^estern  Wonderlands. 

By  Arthur  Henry  Chamberlain 

THE  "See  America  First"  idea  had  just  begun  to  take  hold 
of  the  American  mind,  when  the  great  European  conflict 
was  opened.  Many  who,  year  by  year,  have  spent  their 
vacation  months  in  Europe  or  the  Orient,  turned  their  thoughts 
to  the  "homeland."  Thousands  of  world  travelers  from  the 
Atlantic  side  of  the  continent,  but  who  had  never  been  "West" — 
beyond  Pittsburg  or  Cincinnati,  have  had  visions  of  the  land  of 
the  Sundown-sea.  Those  who  do  not  come  this  year  will  journey 
westward  in  the  months  to  come. 

No  other  country  in  the  world  has  so  much  out-of-door  rich- 
ness as  has  our  Western  Wonderlands.  The  high  Sierras  with 
their  myriad  peaks  and  glacier  covered  sides ;  the  Big  Trees ;  the 
Yosemite  National  Park ;  the  Coast ;  the  all-year  bathing  beaches ; 
the  wonderful  islands  of  the  Pacific, — these  oflFer  unparalleled 
attractions.  Lake  Tahoe  and  other  mountain  lakes  in  Cali- 
fornia, with  Crater  Lake  and  Lake  Chelan  in  the  north,  have  no 
counterparts.  And  Yellowstone  National  Park  and  the  Grand 
Canyon  of  Arizona  are  reproduced  nowhere  else  in  all  of 
Nature's  story  book. 

The  following  is  but  a  suggestion  of  the  wonders  to  be  found 
in  this  land  opening  outward  to  the  Pacific. 


THE  YOSEMITE  NATIONAL  PARK 

LYING  almost  due  east  of  San  Francisco,  a  distance  of  one 
hundred  miles,  and  in  the  very  heart  of  the  most  pic- 
turesque portion  of  the  Sierra  Nevada  System  of  moun- 
tains, is  the  wonderful  Yosemite  National  Park.  It  is  thirty- 
six  miles  from  north  to  south  and  a  half  hundred  from  east  to 
west.  The  valley  proper,  and  that  portion  best  known  to  vis- 
itors, is  some  seven  miles  in  length,  and  from  a  half  mile  to  a 
mile  in  width.  This  famous  valley  is  a  part  of  that  of  the 
Merced  River.  This  river  winds  its  way  through  the  canyon 
and  flows  on  to  join  the  waters  of  the  San  Joaquin. 

Yosemite  Valley,  unlike  most  canyons  cut  deeply  into  the 
earth,  is  easily  accessible.  Through  Pullman  cars  run  from 
San  Francisco  on  both  the  Southern  Pacific  and  Santa  Fe  roads, 
connecting    at    Merced    with    the    Yosemite    Valley    Railroad. 

101 


There  is  also  an  observation  car  train,  from  Merced  on  the 
Yosemite  Valley  Railroad  to  EI  Portal.  This  is  a  comfortable 
ride  of  78  miles  up  to  the  picturesque  canyon  of  the  Merced 
River,  and  is  well  worth  the  trip.  At  El  Portal  is  a  splendid 
hotel.  An  auto  coach  carries  you  twelve  miles  into  the  Valley. 
As  in  the  old  days  before  the  railroad,  a  stage  coach  makes 
daily  trips  from  Raymond  on  the  line  of  the  Southern  Pacific. 
This  is  a  beautiful  ride  of  65  miles,  past  the  Mariposa  Big  Trees. 

The  valley  floor  lies  nearly  level  on  either  side  of  the  river, 
and  is  covered  with  grass  and  flowers  of  many  varieties.  Foli- 
age is  abundant  and  groves  of  trees  are  everywhere  seen.  On 
either  side  of  the  valley,  the  walls  rise  to  a  height  of  2000  to 
3000  feet,  in  some  instances  almost  perpendicularly.  Many  of 
the  highest  peaks  tower  1200  to  1500  feet  above  these  walls. 

Of  all  the  national  "play  grounds"  that  Uncle  Sam  has  set 
aside  for  the  use  of  our  people,  the  Yosemite  National  Park  is 
perhaps  the  most  varied  and  interesting.  As  you  stand  upon 
the  rim  at  Inspiration  Point  and  look  down  into  the  valley,  a 
view  of  rare  beauty  and  grandeur  is  spread  out  before  you. 
The  river  finds  its  course  through  the  center  of  the  valley. 
Massive  domes  look  down  from  their  summits  above  the  clouds 
and  see  themselves  reflected  in  the  clear  waters  of  the  Merced. 
Spires  and  minarets  rivaling  all  the  famous  cathedrals  of  Europe 
and  the  storied  East,  stand  silently  silhouetted  against  the  clear 
blue  of  the  sky,  their  tracery  as  clean  cut  as  if  chiseled  and 
carved  by  the  hand  of  a  Phydias.  Water  falls  slide  down  the 
sheer  faces  of  cliflfs  or  drop  far  out  beyond  the  base  of  the 
valley  wall  and  break  into  spray  and  mist.  Far  up  the  valley 
lies  Mirror  Lake,  and  over  at  the  right  the  Happy  Isles. 

The  most  famous  dome  is  El  Capitan  or  "The  Captain," 
rising  just  on  your  left  to  a  height  of  over  3000  feet.  On  one 
side  it  is  almost  perpendicular.  Farther  beyond  on  the  same 
side  are  the  Three  Brothers.  Cathedral  Spires  stand  across  the 
valley  to  the  right,  and  beyond  them  on  the  same  side  Glacier 
Point  rises  abruptly  from  the  valley  floor.  From  the  over- 
hanging rocks  on  Glacier  Point,  the  cattle  grazing  in  the 
meadows  three-fifths  of  a  mile  below,  appear  no  larger  than 
sheep.  Still  further  away,  and  in  the  center  of  the  picture  is 
Half  Dome,  looking  as  if  some  giant  cleaver  had  cut  its  way 
through  the  solid  wall  of  rock  leaving  the  flat  side  to  look  out 
and  down  the  valley. 

103 


Aeroplane   View   of  Yosemite   Valley,    Showing    Principal    Points  of    Interest. 


4— Bridal  Vail  Falls 
10 — El  Capitan 

11— 12— 13— The  Three  Brothers 
18 — Glacier   Point 
19 — Yosemite   Falls 
20 — Royal  Arches 


25 — Half   Dome 
26 — Mirror  Lake 
27— Vernal   Falls 
28 — Nevada   Falls 
32— Little  Yosemite 
33 — Clouds  Rest 


104 


The  thunder  of  waters  is  in  your  ears  as  you  approach  one 
of  the  many  waterfalls.  Yosemite  Falls,  one  of  the  most  re- 
nowned falls  in  the  world,  leaps  over  a  cliflf  2600  feet  high.  The 
fall  is  divided  into  three  parts,  the  highest  of  which  is  nine 
times  the  height  of  Niagara.  Bridal  Veil  Falls,  opposite  El 
Capitan,  is  900  feet  high,  and  the  Nevada  and  Vernal  Falls, 
reached  on  the  road  to  Glacier  Point,  are  known  for  their 
beauty.  As  the  waters  from  these  falls  strike  the  floor  beneath 
or  a  projecting  rock,  they  break  into  spray  and  there  arises  a 
mist  painted  as  if  upon  a  canvas  in  the  most  beautiful  colors  of 
the  rainbow. 

A  visit  to  Mirror  Lake  in  the  early  morning  reveals  to  you 
reflection  after  reflection  of  the  silent  mountain  peaks  that  stand 
guard  in  the  upper  valley, — amongst  them  North  Dome  and  Mt. 
Watkins.  A  trip  around  the  valley  floor  should  include  the 
Happy  Isles,  Tenaya  Creek,  the  Indian  Camp,  Royal  Arches 
and  the  Le  Conte  Memorial,  erected  in  honor  of  Professor 
Joseph  Le  Conte,  who  did  so  much  to  create  interest  in  the 
valley.  There  may  be  accorded  those  with  patience  a  view  of 
John  Muir's  cabin  hid  deep  within  the  foliage  near  Lost  Arrow 
Trail.  And  a  trip  up  the  trail  to  Glacier  Point,  with  a  stop  at 
Vernal  and  Nevada  Falls,  and  return  by  the  wonderful  balanced 
Agassiz  Rock,  will  never  be  forgotten. 

There  are  two  groves  of  Big  Trees  featured  from  the  Yosem- 
ite :  the  Tuolumne,  which  requires  only  three  hours'  additional 
time,  and  the  Mariposa  Grove,  requiring  only  one  day  additional 
time.  The  trip  to  both  of  these  groves  is  made  in  comfortable 
automobile  stages. 

As  we  leave  the  valley  with  regret,  we  pause  once  more  at 
the  rim  to  look  back  upon  the  beauties  spread  below  and 
beyond.  There  winds  the  turbulent  Merced  on  its  way  outward 
to  join  the  San  Joaquin.  El  Capitan  raises  its  towering  head 
majestically  to  the  sky.  The  falls  of  the  Yosemite"  seem  to 
beckon  us  with  a  myriad  silvery  fingers.  Glacier  Point  stands 
a  silent  sentinel  with  thousands  of  years  of  sunshine  upon  its 
head.  Where  the  valley  walls  seem  to  meet  in  the  distance. 
Mirror  Lake  rests  as  a  diamond  in  its  setting,  and  away  yonder 
Little  Yosemite  and  the  hundred  snow-crowned  peaks  of  the 
Sierras  are  bidding  us  Good-bye  and  Godspeed.  As  we  turn 
reluctantly  away,  our  only  regret  is  that  all  the  world  cannot 
keep  holiday  with  us  in  this  Nature's  masterpiece  of  the  out- 
of-doors. 

lOS 


|-> 


THE  BIG  TREES 

OF  all  the  big  trees  in  the  world,  the  largest  and  most 
remarkable  are  the  "Big  Trees"  of  California.  They  are 
found  only  on  the  western  slopes  of  the  Sierras.  There 
are  more  than  a  dozen  of  these  groves,  amongst  them  the  Mari- 
posa, Calaveras  and  Tuolumne.  Those  who  have  not  seen  these 
big  trees  have  little  idea  of  their  immense  size  and  beauty.  No 
picture  or  description  can  begin  to  do  them  justice. 

The  Mariposa  is  the  best  known  and  most  easily  reached  of 
all  the  groves.  It  is  accessible  from  the  Yosemite  Valley,  and 
a  delightful  stage  ride  is  offered  those  who  make  the  valley  a 
starting  point  for  the  grove.  There  is  also  a  stage  line  between 
the  Mariposa  Trees  and  Raymond. 

These  trees  grow  at  an  altitude  of  from  3500  to  8000  feet. 
In  some  instances,  trees  may  grow  many  feet  or  rods  apart,  and 
again,  several  trees  may  be  standing  close  together.  As  you 
approach  a  group  of  these  trees,  you  begin  to  realize  you  are  in 
the  presence  of  the  oldest  living  things  in  the  world.  Thousands 
of  years  ago  some  of  them  were  old.  They  had  been  growing 
for  centuries  when  Christ  was  upon  earth.  Yet  today  they  are 
apparently  in  their  prime.  They  rise  to  a  height  of  250  to  350 
feet,  many  of  them  standing  more  than  325  feet  high. 

The  trunks  of  these  forest  monarchs  are  symmetrical  in 
form,  and  so  regular  and  cylindrical  as  to  cause  one  to  wonder 
how  they  could  have  grown  so.  In  the  older  and  larger  trees, 
the  first  limbs  are  frequently  seventy-five  feet  from  the  ground. 
These  limbs  where  they  branch  from  the  trunk  are  in  some 
cases  as  large  as  the  largest  trees  in  the  eastern  part  of  our 
country,  and  grow  almost  at  right  angles  to  the  tree. 

If  you  were  to  cut  one  of  these  trees  across  the  trunk  at  the 
foot,  you  would  have  a  platform  upon  which  you  could  place  a 
dwelling  house  of  good  size.  In  the  Mariposa  Grove,  the 
"Grizzly  Giant"  is  104  feet  in  circumference  at  the  base.  Two 
or  three  trees  now  standing  in  less  accessible  groves  are  close 
rivals  of  the  Grizzly  Giant,  but  the  latter  is  considered  by  many 
to  be  the  largest  tree  in  the  world. 

The  bark  of  the  big  trees  is  very  thick,  frequently  more  than 
three  feet.  In  color  there  is  no  other  tree  with  which  they  may 
be  compared.  The  color  varies  from  a  light  golden  brown  to  a 
mahogany,  but  whether  in  the  sunshine  or  in  the  shadow,  there 
is  a  sheen  of  soft  mat  or  velvety  finish  that  makes  even  the 

107 


largest  tree  seem  delicate.  The  proportions  are  as  perfect  as  a 
Grecian  column  and  no  monument  or  architectural  wonder  can 
rival  them  in  beauty  and  dignity. 

The  age  of  a  tree  is  determined  by  counting  its  rings.  Each 
year  a  ring  is  added,  composed  of  a  growth  of  dark  and  a 
growth  of  light  colored  wood.  The  dark  wood  is  added  in  the 
dry  season  when  there  is  little  sap  flowing  and  when  the  chem- 
ical matter  is  going  into  the  tree.  The  light  wood  is  added  in 
the  rainy  or  wet  season  when  the  sap  is  flowing  freely.  The 
light  wood  is  usually  softer  than  the  dark  wood.  One  light  and 
one  dark  growth  form  one  annual  ring.  Trees  that  have  been 
partly  burned  or  have  fallen  to  the  ground  have  been  examined 
and  the  age  can  then  be  estimated. 

Another  wonderful  thing  about  these  trees  is  the  fact  that 
burning  or  cutting  does  not  stop  the  growth.  Whole  sections 
have  been  taken  from  the  center  of  the  trunk  of  a  mammoth 
tree,  making  an  opening  through  which  a  great  stage  coach  can 
pass.     Such  trees  are  thrifty  and  still  growing. 

These  big  trees  are  appropriately  named  Sequoia  Gigantea. 
Our  Government  has  quite  properly  set  these  groves  apart  so 
that  people  for  all  time  and  from  every  country  can  visit  and 
enjoy  them. 

The  Sequoia  Gigantea,  found  only  on  the  western  slopes  of 
the  Sierra  Nevada,  and  usually  at  an  elevation  of  a  mile  or 
more,  must  not  be  confused  with  the  Sequoia  Sempervirens, 
or  redwood.  The  redwood  is  the  tree  of  commerce  and  is  found 
in  extensive  forests  on  the  west  or  ocean  side  of  the  Coast  range. 

Probably  at  one  time  there  were  many  "Big  Trees."  As  the 
glaciers  pushed  themselves  down  they  no  doubt  swept  over  all 
but  the  big  trees  that  now  remain,  these  being  protected  by  the 
mountains. 

The  Gigantea  is  an  evergreen.  Its  cones  are  small  and  shapely. 
The  root  is  slight,  and  as  there  is  little  foliage,  it  has  been  thought 
that  the  tree  secures  nourishment  from  the  atmosphere  through 
the  bark. 


108 


For  eight  thousand  years  the  "Grizzly  Giant"  has  been   lifting  aloft  his  head. 

He  is  stiii  young,  green   and  growing  amid   his  companions  in  the   Mariposa   Big 

Tree  Grove,  California. 

— Chamberlain  Photo. 


109 


LAKE  TAHOE 

HIGH  up  in  the  Sierras,  and  on  the  boundary  between 
California  and  Nevada,  is  Lake  Tahoe.  This  is  one  of 
the  most  beautiful  bodies  of  water  in  the  world.  It  lies 
at  an  elevation  of  over  6200  feet.  The  lake  is  twenty-three 
miles  long  and  twelve  miles  wide.  A  stone  dropped  from  a 
boat  would  fall  1700  feet  to  the  bed  of  the  lake.  The  water  is 
perfectly  clear  and  of  the  most  intense  blue.  This  is  caused  by 
the  great  depth  of  the  lake  and  the  fact  that  high  mountains 
completely  surround  it. 

The  old  overland  trail  passed  through  the  present  town  of 
Truckee.  It  is  only  fifteen  miles  from  the  railroad  station  at 
this  place  to  Lake  Tahoe.  The  railroad  from  Truckee  winds 
along  the  Truckee  River,  famous  for  its  fishing.  Yosemite 
Valley  is  seve'nty-five  miles  to  the  south  of  Tahoe  and  the  entire 
region  between  is  filled  with  snow-clad  mountain  peaks,  glacial 
lakes  and  great  forest  trees. 

Tahoe  is  set  in  the  center  of  a  wonderful  lake  region.  These 
smaller  bodies  of  water  are  all  the  result  of  glacial  action.  A 
steamer  will  carry  you  entirely  around  the  lake,  or  you  may  stop 
at  the  various  hotels  and  camps  that  are  scattered  along  the 
shores.  There  is  boating,  bathing,  fishing,  and,  in  the  moun- 
tains that  reach  down  to  the  waters'  edge,  there  is  game  of 
many  kinds.  Cottages  and  tents  are  everywhere  seen  amidst 
the  trees  that  grow  along  the  shores  of  the  lake. 

Fallen  Leaf  Lake  lies  adjoining  Lake  Tahoe,  Washoe  Lake 
is  farther  away  and  not  far  from  Carson  City,  while  only  a  short 
distance  from  Truckee  is  Donner  Lake,  made  famous  by  the 
Donner  party  in  their  ill-fated  venture  in  the  winter  of  1847. 
Emerald  Bay  stretches  its  calm  waters  invitingly  inland,  and 
within  easy  distance  of  the  hotels  and  camps  are  many  spots 
interesting  to  the  visitor. 

No  other  lake  in  the  world  so  easy  of  access  furnishes  the 
attractions  that  does  Lake  Tahoe,  the  "Gem  of  the  Sierras." 
The  ever-changing  color  of  its  waters,  the  charm  of  its  setting, 
its  elevation,  depth  and  size,  and  the  many  trails,  and  snow-clad 
mountain  peaks  that  rise  on  every  hand,  make  of  Tahoe  a  region 
of  the  rarest  beauty. 


Ill 


GRAND  CANYON  OF  ARIZONA 

IN  the  southwestern  part  of  the  United  States  and  located 
near  the  northwest  corner  of  Arizona,  is  the  most  wonder- 
ful gash  that  we  find  on  the  surface  of  the  earth.  This  is 
the  Grand  Canyon  of  the  Colorado  River.  At  the  bottom  of 
this  canyon  the  Colorado  River  dashes  and  tumbles  against  the 
rocks  on  its  way  to  the  Gulf  of  California.  The  river  is  in  some 
places  more  than  a  mile  below  the  rim  of  the  canyon,  which  in 
its  widest  part  is  twelve  miles  from  side  to  side  of  the  canyon 
at  the  top. 

As  you  travel  along  the  Santa  Fe  Railroad,  which  runs  some 
seventy-five  miles  to  the  south  of  the  canyon,  you  have  no  idea 
of  the  proximity  of  this  wonderful  gorge.  A  branch  railway  will 
carry  you  from  Williams  to  the  very  edge  of  the  canyon,  where 
a  splendid  hotel  has  been  built  and  where  Bright  Angel  Trail 
leads  to  the  river  below. 

From  the  rim  you  can  look  out  upon  the  cliffs,  spires  and 
domes  upon  which  Nature  has  lavished  the  most  beautiful 
colors.  Some  sections  or  strata  of  the  rocks  are  a  bright  red, 
some  yellow,  some  green,  and  various  other  brilliant  hues.  The 
water  and  weather  have  cut  the  sides  of  the  canyon  into  weird 
shapes.  There  are  pinnacles,  terraces  and  promontories.  Only 
an  occasional  shrub  or  small  tree  is  seen  growing  on  the  imme- 
diate rim  or  canyon  side. 

As  you  gaze  across  twelve  miles  of  space,  you  find  it  diffi- 
cult to  realize  that  this  mighty  chasm  was  formed  by  running 
water.  And  there,  far  below  like  a  silvery  ribbon  is  the  turbu- 
lent Colorado;  so  far  below  is  it  that  no  sound  of  its  waters 
reaches  your  ears.  You  may  walk  along  the  rim,  catching 
glimpses  of  an  ever  changing  panorama,  or  you  may  take  a 
saddle  horse  or  go  on  foot  to  the  river  below.  This  trip  is 
perfectly  safe,  and  return  to  the  hotel  can  be  made  in  one  day. 

Years  ago  Major  Powell  and  his  Indian  guides  explored  the 
Colorado  River  and  drifted  down  through  the  canyon  at  great 
risk.  Since  then  scientists  and  explorers  have  visited  this  mar- 
velous region.  The  canyon  proper  seems  to  be  made  up  of 
many  branch  canyons,  rolled  and  tumbled  together.  The  depth, 
the  distance  from  rim  to  rim,  the  coloring,  the  massiveness  and 
grandeur  of  this  region  fill  the  observer  with  awe  and  an  over- 
powering sense  of  this  natural  wonder.    There  is  nothing  in  the 


113 


THE    GRAND    CANYON 
The  Colorado   River  dashes  through   the   gorge,  6000  feet   below  the   rim 

— Chamberlain,    Photo 


114 


CRATER  LAKE 

WHEN  our  Government  finds  a  natural  wonder  such 
as  a  lake,  a  forest  or  a  canyon,  that  is  of  some 
special  interest,  and  the  like  of  which  there  is  no 
where  else  in  the  world,  it  frequently  sets  it  apart  as  a  part  of  a 
national  park.  This  it  has  done  in  the  case  of  Crater  Lake  and 
the  country  surrounding  it.  This  lake  is  situated  in  south  cen- 
tral Oregon,  at  the  very  summit  of  the  Cascade  Range  of 
Mountains.  It  is  nearly  circular  in  shape  and  about  five  miles 
in  diameter,  and  one  of  the  deepest  inland  bodies  of  water  in  the 
world,  being,  in  its  deepest  part,  almost  2000  feet. 

Crater  Lake  is  at  an  elevation  of  over  6000  feet.  It  lies  in 
a  kind  of  cup  and  is  practically  surrounded  by  cliffs  that  rise 
from  500  to  2000  feet.  Toward  one  side  of  the  lake,  and  sepa- 
rated from  the  mainland  by  Skell  Channel,  is  Wizard  Island. 
As  the  water  is  so  deep  and  the  cliffs  are  so  high  and  unbroken, 
the  water  is  of  an  intense  blue  color,  and  so  clear  that  if  a  tin 
pie  plate  be  dropped  into  the  lake,  it  can  be  seen  to  a  tremen- 
dous depth  as  it  sinks  toward  the  bottom. 

Crater  Lake  lies  in  what  was  once  a  great  active  volcano, 
but  which  long  ago  became  extinct.  During  one  of  Nature's 
convulsions  about  fourteen  cubic  miles  of  the  mountain  were 
engulfed,  forming  a  great  bowl-like  basin.  It  is  this  bowl  that 
holds  beautiful  Crater  Lake.  The  rim  of  this  old  crater  com- 
mands some  of  the  most  picturesque  scenery  in  the  mountain 
country.  The  lake  is  easily  reached  by  stage  or  automobile  from 
Medford,  on  the  Southern  Pacific  Railway  to  the  west,  or  one 
may  go  in  from  Klamath  Falls  on  the  southeast. 

When  calm  the  surface  of  the  lake  is  a  perfect  mirror,  and 
so  blue  is  the  water  that  you  can  imagine  it  a  gigantic  tub  into 
which  barrels  of  blueing  have  been  emptied.  In  a  storm  the 
waves  beat  in  fury  against  the  shore.  In  the  winter  months  the 
country  round  about  is  covered  by  many  feet  of  snow.  In  the 
park  are  many  pines,  hemlocks  and  spruces. 

Crater  Lake  Lodge  is  a  most  comfortable  home  for  visitors. 
Excursions  may  be  made  around  the  lake  in  row  boats  or 
launches  and  trips  along  the  rim  afford  ever  new  mountain 
scenes.  In  the  center  of  Wizard  Island  one  may  descend  about 
one  hundred  and  fifty  feet  into  the  mouth  or  crater  of  an 
extinct  volcano.  The  road  from  Crater  Lake  to  Ft.  Klamath 
on  the  south  leads  along  Anna  Creek,  which  with  its  deep 
canyons  and  brilliant  colorings  is  well  worth  a  visit. 


YELLOWSTONE  NATIONAL  PARK 

IN  northwestern  Wyoming  and  reaching  over  into  Montana 
on  the  north  and  Idaho  on  the  west,  is  a  stretch  of  country 
nearly  square  and  three  times  the  area  of  the  State  of 
Rhode  Island.  This  is  the  Yellowstone  National  Park.  The 
Yellowstone  River  winds  through  the  center  of  the  region  in  a 
general  south  to  north  direction.  Scattered  through  the  park 
are  springs  of  hot  and  cold  water,  and  geysers  that  throw 
streams  of  water  many  feet  into  the  air.  Some  of  the  forma- 
tions or  terraces  formed  by  the  sediment  in  the  hot  water,  are 
of  the  most  brilliant  colors  and  the  sulphur  hills  and  mud  vol- 
canos  are  very  wonderful. 

The  falls  of  the  Yellowstone  River  are  amongst  the  finest  in 
the  world,  the  Great  or  Lower  Fall  being  more  than  three  hun- 
dred feet  high.  The  deep  canyon  of  the  Yellowstone  rivals  in 
the  brilliancy  of  its  coloring  that  of  any  canyon  in  the  world. 
The  Yellowstone  Lake  towards  the  southeast  portion  of  the 
park,  is  a  large,  irregularly  shaped  body  of  water,  at  an  elevation 
of  more  than  seven  thousand  seven  hundred  feet  above  the  sea. 
This  lake,  Yellowstone  River  and  nearly  all  the  streams  in  the 
park,  abound  in  many  species  of  trout. 

Of  the  many  geysers  the  most  famous  is  Old  Faithful.  This 
sends  a  stream  of  water  into  the  air  a  distance  of  125  to  150  feet 
regularly  every  sixty-five  minutes.  The  eruption  continues  for 
a  period  of  from  five  to  eight  minutes.  The  Riverside,  Oblong, 
Giant,  Castle,  Grotto  and  numerous  other  geysers  play  at 
more  or  less  regular  intervals. 

Animals  abound  throughout  the  park.  Bears  are  so  tame 
around  the  camps  that  they  will  take  food  from  the  hand. 
There  are  mountain  sheep,  deer,  moose,  antelope  in  abundance, 
elk  by  the  thousand,  and  more  than  200  buffalo,  a  herd  of 
which  may  be  seen  any  time  at  Mammoth  Hot  Springs.  All  of 
the  animals  are  protected.  No  better  example  of  the  work  of  the 
beaver  in  making  his  house  and  dam  are  anywhere  to  be  found 
than  here  in  the  park.  Traveling  throughout  the  park  is  easy, 
as  the  ground  is  relatively  level.  The  Northern  Pacific  Railway 
brings  one  to  the  northern  and  original  entrance  at  Gardiner. 

It  is  a  strange  sight  to  see  these  geysers  spouting  water 
high  into  the  air.  In  some  instances,  as  with  the  Oblong 
Geysers,  or  Giantess,  the  throat  or  opening  is  in  the  form  of  a 
circular  pool,  and  when  the  stream  is  not  being  thrown  skyward, 

116 


the  surface  of  the  pool  is  in  motion  as  if  some  tremendous  fire 
were  underneath.  The  Beehive  Geyser  is  shaped  as  a  cone,  or 
beehive,  and  the  eruptions  are  from  a  circular  opening  in  the 
top.  When  the  water  falls  back  it  flows  down  the  side  of  the 
cone  and  as  the  water  cools  there  is  gradually  built  up  what  are 
called  formations.  These  are  made  by  the  solid  or  mineral 
substances — silica  largely — that  are  held  in  solution.  It  is  a 
most  wonderful  experience  to  coach  for  several  days  through 
"Geyserland,"  where  one  may  live  comfortably  and  at  moderate 
expense  at  the  best  hotels. 


In  "Geyserland,"  Yellowstone  National  Park.  Every  seven  hours  for  a  period 
of  15  to  20  minutes  Riverside  Geyser  plays  a  constant  stream  of  w^ater  100  feet 
Into  the  air.  — Chamberlain  Photo 

117 


EDUCATIONAL  OPPORTUNITIES  OF  OAKLAND 
By  A.  C.  Barker,  Superintendent  of  Schools 

FROM  the  standpoint  of 
educational  opportunity, 
Oakland  is  very  for- 
tunately situated.  The  city 
contains  many  church  and 
private  schools  of  recognized 
merit,  of  both  preparatory  and 
college  grade,  and  Mills  Col- 
lege, the  most  widely  known 
institution  in  the  West  de- 
voted exclusively  to  the  higher 
education  of  young  women.  It 
is  within  a  few  minutes'  ride 
of  the  University  of  California, 
and  but  a  short  distance  from 
Stanford  University.  Proximity 
to  these  institutions  has  in- 
sured a  high  standard  of  ex- 
cellence in  the  Oakland  Public 
Schools. 
In  the  City  of  Oakland  during  the  past  ten  years,  nineteen 
completely  new  and  modern  schools  and  extended  additions  to 
sites  and  grounds  have  been  provided.  The  buildings  are  so 
constructed  that  future  additions  will  be  easy.  All  are  pro- 
vided with  the  latest  and  best  systems  of  sanitation,  heating 
and  ventilation.  Nearly  all  contain,  in  addition  to  the  regular 
class  rooms,  an  assembly  hall,  stereopticon  room,  neighborhood 
club  room,  library,  kindergarten,  nurses'  room  with  bath,  prin- 
cipal's suite,  teachers'  rest  room,  teachers'  lunch  room,  children's 
lunch  rooms,  boiler  and  fan  rooms,  and,  in  the  grammar  schools 
manual  training  rooms,  domestic  science  and  art  rooms,  and 
kitchens  attached  to  the  teachers'  lunch  rooms.  In  all  of  the 
new  buildings,  use  of  the  simplex  windows  makes  it  possible 
to  convert  each  class  room  practically  into  an  open-air  room 
with  the  added  advantage  that  temperature,  ventilation  and 
light  can  be  regulated  to  better  advantage. 


119 


The  present  school  plan  includes  forty-seven  main  school 
buildings,  beside  portables,  shops,  etc.,  twenty  of  which  are 
of  either  brick  or  concrete.  The  equipment  of  all  the  schools 
is  being  rapidly  improved  and  modernized.  Adjustable  seats 
are  replacing  the  old  types  of  furniture  that  fit  neither  the 
larger  nor  the  smaller  pupils  of  a  grade,  and  as  rapidly  as  pos- 
sible modern  sanitary  appliances  and  provisions  for  fire  protec- 
tion are  being  added  to  the  old  buildings. 

The  city  has  provided  for  the  play  and  recreation  of  its  chil- 
dren, and  for  the  future  expansion  of  its  school  buildings. 
Nearly  all  of  the  downtown  schools  own  at  least  a  city  block, 
.and  many  of  the  newer  schools  have  more.  The  Lockwood 
School,  for  instance,  has  nearly  eighteen  acres  in  connection 
with  the  main  buildings.  The  campus  of  the  new  Technical 
High  School  includes  eight  acres.  Several  of  the  others  have 
grounds  nearly  as  large.  This  year  the  grounds  of  thirty  of  the 
schools  have  been  equipped  as  regular  playgrounds  under  the 
direction  of  the  Municipal  Recreation  Department.  This  equip- 
ment includes  steel  playground  and  gymnasium  apparatus  and 
provision  for  the  various  forms  of  athletics  and  group  games. 
The  consulting  landscape  architect  of  the  city  is  providing 
plans  for  the  ornamentation  of  these  grounds,  and  the  planting 
of  trees,  shrubs  and  lawns  is  proceeding  as  rapidly  as  funds  will 
permit.  Of  these,  ten  are  particularly  well  equipped  and  are 
kept  open  after  school  hours  on  school  days,  and  all  day  on 
Saturdays,  on  holidays,  and  during  vacations.  On  each  ground 
at  all  such  times  two  special  instructors,  one  for  boys  and  one 
for  girls,  are  employed.  The  other  twenty  grounds  are  kept 
open  as  playgrounds  after  school  on  school  days,  and  each  has 
a  play  teacher  in  charge. 

One  of  the  more  recent  developments  of  the  Oakland  sys- 
tem is  the  expansion  of  kindergartens.  In  August,  1912,  there 
were  only  seven  kindergartens ;  but  under  the  provisions  of  the 
new  State  law,  which  became  effective  in  1913,  twenty-nine 
more  have  been  established. 

One  of  the  unique  features  of  the  Oakland  schools  is  the 
flexible  promotion  system,  whereby  either  classes  or  individuals 
may  be  promoted  at  any  time  during  the  year.  The  records 
show  that  many  pupils  are  able  to  make  two,  or  even  more  pro- 
motions in  a  single  term, 

120 


Manual  training  and  domestic  science  and  art  are  given  to 
all  pupils  of  the  fifth,  sixth,  seventh  and  eighth  grades.  A  great 
deal  of  emphasis  is  placed  on  music  and  drawing  throu^Dout 
the  schools.  An  especially  noteworthy  feature  of  the  high 
school  work  in  Oakland  is  the  instruction  in  music.  During 
the  past  term  the  music  classes  have  given  a  series  of  concerts 
at  the  Panama-Pacific  International  Exposition  for  the  purpose 
of  demonstrating  the  work  in  school  music  as  it  is  conducted 
in  Oakland. 

Even  in  the  upper  grades  of  the  elementary  school  these 
two  subjects  have  a  slightly  vocational  aspect.  There  are  at 
present  thirty-three  school  bands  and  thirty  school  orchestras 
in  the  city.  Special  attention  is  given  to  concert  work,  and 
steps  have  already  been  taken  toward  community  service  in  the 
way  of  public  concerts.  A  great  many  of  the  more  expensive 
instruments  for  these  organizations  are  furnished  by  the  Board 
of  Education. 

The  health  supervision  of  the  schools  is  entrusted  to  a 
director,  an  assistant  director  and  nine  nurses. 

There  is  a  psychological  clinic  or  child  study  laboratory, 
where  children  whose  mental  or  nervous  condition  requires 
special  care  are  sent.  Special  classes  are  maintained  for  back- 
ward children  and  those  needing  peculiar  individual  attention 
for  nervous  or  mental  disorders.  Several  ungraded  classes  are 
also  maintained.  There  are  also  special  classes  for  immigrants 
learning  English,  a  class  in  preparation  for  citizenship,  open-air 
classes  for  anemic  children,  and  a  class  for  the  deaf. 

Worthy  of  special  mention  in  connection  with  the  ele- 
mentary schools  is  a  new  type  of  school  known  as  the  Voca- 
tional High  School,  which  was  opened  on  January  4,  1915.  This 
is  a  trade  school,  the  purpose  of  which  is  to  provide  preparatory 
trade  and  related  academic  instruction  for  boys  and  girls  who 
have  the  ability  and  the  desire  to  engage  in  practical  wage- 
earning  occupations,  and  to  continue  at  the  same  time  a  general 
education,  but  who  feel  that  they  cannot  afford  the  time  for  a 
four-year  high  school  course. 

The  evening  schools  of  the  city  are  open  to  all  young  people 
or  adults  of  Oakland  who  are  desirous  of  pursuing  regular 
academic  branches,  or  who  are  interested  in  some  special  line 
of  trade  or  commercial  or  cultural  work. 


121 


There  are  several  gra'mmar  schools,  in  which  a  somewhat 
more  flexible  course  is  ofifered  in  the  seventh  and  eighth  grades 
than  in  the  regular  elementary  schools.  A  pupil  may  elect,  in 
addition  to  the  prescribed  fifteen  hours,  from  ten  to  fifteen  hours 
of  departmental  work  in  drawing,  manual  training,  foreign  lan- 
guage or  English  literature. 

The  University  High  School  is  a  small  six-year  high  school, 
including  the  last  two  years  of  the  grammar  school  course.  The 
chief  advantage  of  the  school  is  that  gained  from  small  classes 
and  individual  instruction.  Each  student  receives  some  instruc- 
tion from  an  experienced  teacher,  who  is  an  expert  in  his  line, 
and  he  comes  into  contact  with  several  carefully  supervised 
graduate  students  from  the  University,  who  lend  the  inspira- 
tion and  enthusiasm  of  youth  to  the  daily  tasks.  It  is  con- 
fidently expected  that  this  school  may  be  looked  upon  in  the 
near  future  as  a  model  school,  to  which  both  teachers  and 
pupils  may  turn  as  a  storehouse  of  the  best  ideas  upon  educa- 
tion, and  may  attain  to  the  standing  in  the  West  which  the 
Horace  Mann  School  of  Columbia  University  has  long  held  in 
the  East. 


OAKLAND   N.   E.  A.   EXECUTIVE   COMMITTEE 

Owen   E.  Hotle,  Chairman. 
J.  W.  Preston,  Secretary. 

Lewis  B.  Avery,  Hotels. 

A.  C.  Barker,  Exposition. 

Glen  C.  Barnhart,  Printing. 

E.  Morris  Cox,  Advance  Memberships. 

Arthur  H.  Chamberlain,  Headquarters. 

J.  Y.  Eccleston,  Finance  and  Auditing. 

George  W.  Prick,  Information. 

W.  D.  Forbes,  Trains  and  Transportation. 

F".  L.  Hanna,  Excursions. 

Dr.  A.  S.  Kelly,  Decoration  and  Badges. 

Charles  E.  Keyes,  Halls. 

Miss  Elizabeth  Sherman,  Hospitality. 

President  Benjamin  Ide  Wheeler,  Invitation. 

Glenn  Woods,  Music. 


122 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 

WHILE  5300  students  crowd  the  buildings  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  California  at  Berkeley,  it  is  difficult  to 
think  that  in  1868,  when  the  College  of  California 
was  first  chartered  by  the  State  as  a  public  institution,  but  four 
or  five  students  constituted  the  normal  enrollment  in  any  one 
class.  Now  it  is  considered  surprising  if  fewer  than  1500  fresh- 
men register  for  an  academic  year,  and  it  is  an  ordinary  thing 
to  see  in  the  sunny  Greek  Theater  on  Commencement  Day 
eight  or  nine  hundred  graduates  receiving  diplomas  signifying 
completion  of  various  courses  leading  to  the  15  degrees  now 
granted  by  the  University  of  California.  Originally  founded  in 
Oakland  as  a  private  college,  the  University  has  flourished  since 
its  inception  as  a  public  institution  in  the  foothills  of  Berkeley, 
until  now  it  stands  second  in  the  country  in  the  matter  of  enroll- 
ment, the  leading  University  in  this  respect  being  Columbia 
University  in  the  City  of  New  York.     For  the  year  1915  it  is 


Library 


123 


estimated  that  9000  persons  will  have  profited  directly  by  Uni- 
versity instruction  and  60,000  indirectly  through  University 
Extension. 

The  present  campus  at  Berkeley  consists  of  270  acres,  and  it 
is  on  this  plot  of  ground  that  the  main  departments  of  instruc- 
tion are  located,  as  well  as  the  administration  of  the  University. 
But  while  this  is  the  seat  of  learning  it  must  not  be  forgotten 
that  throughout  the  State  various  branches  of  the  University's 
activities  exist — the  Lick  Observatory  at  Mount  Hamilton,  the 
San  Francisco  Institute  of  Art,  the  Hastings  College  of  Law, 
the  College  of  Medicine,  the  George  Williams  Cooper  Founda- 
tion for  Medical  Research,  the  College  of  Dentistry,  the  School 
of  Pharmacy  and  the  Museum  of  Anthropology  are  all  located 
in  the  neighboring  city  of  San  Francisco,  twelve  miles  away 
across  the  bay.  There  is  a  College  of  Medicine  in  Los  Angeles, 
an  Agricultural  School  at  Davis,  a  School  of  Tropical  Agricul- 
ture at  Riverside,  a  laboratory  at  Whittier,  the  Scripps  Institu- 
tion  for   Biological    Research   at    La   Jolla,   and   the    Herzstein 


California   Hall. 


Library. 


Boalt   Hall  of   Law. 


124 


Laboratory  at  Pacific  Grove.  There  is  a  Citrus  Experiment 
Station  in  Meloland,  Imperial  County;  a  forest  in  Tulare  County 
and  the  great  M.  Theodore  Kearney  Estate  in  Fresno  County. 
These  are  all  branches  of  the  University,  and  through  them  the 
University  is  able  to  reach  the  people  of  the  State  eflFectively 
and  readily,  and  many  of  the  branches  of  instruction  can  be  thus 
given  greater  specialization,  as  agriculture  and  the  reseach 
sciences. 

It  would  be  a  tiresome  thing  to  recapitulate  by  name  the 
various  departments  of  instruction  in  the  academic  organization 
at  Berkeley.  It  is  far  more  interesting  to  turn  to  the  student 
side  of  University  life  and  see  just  of  what  color  and  of  what 
spirit  it  is.  Dr.  Benjamin  Ide  Wheeler,  who  became  President 
of  the  University  of  California  in  1899,  after  a  succession  of 
distinguished  predecessors,  granted  to  the  students  some  years 
after  his  inauguration,  the  priceless  privilege  of  student  self- 
government.  This  system  is  now  in  operation  and  works  with 
such  remarkable  success  that  in  his  book  on  "Great  American 
Universities,"  E.  E.  Slosson  comments  on  it  as  being  a  scheme 
which  actually  works  in  counter-distinction  to  those  written 
plans  of  student  direction  which  are  ineflfective. 

While  the  growth  of  the  University  of  California  in  recent 
years  has  been  nothing  short  of  remarkable,  such  a  growth  has 
sprung  from  the  loyalty  and  generosity  of  the  people  of  the 
State,  whose  University  it  is,  and  who  have  come  with  the  years 
to  look  to  it  for  intellectual  guidance  and  leadership,  not  only 
in  educational  matters,  but  in  all  concerns  which  affect  the 
advancement  of  the  great  State  of  California. 


125 


ALAMEDA    COUNTY    SCHOOLS 
Typical   One-Teacher  School. 
Pleasanton    Grammar   School. 
Hayward   Union    High   School. 


ALAMEDA  COUNTY  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS 

One  of  the  most  populous  and  centrally  located  counties  in 
the  State  is  Alameda  county.  Within  its  confines  are  several 
important  cities,  including  those  of  Oakland,  Berkeley  and 
Alameda.  Its  strategic  position  at  the  Bay  gives  it  a  peculiar 
prominence  commercially,  and  the  fertility  of  its  soil  and 
congenial  climate  make  agriculture,  horticulture  and  all  forms  of 
fruit  raising  profitable. 

As  to  the  quality  of  its  schools,  Alameda  county  has  long 
been  known  to  be  in  the  front  rank.  The  high  salaries  paid 
teachers,  the  generosity  of  its  citizens  in  providing  liberally  for 
the  carrying  on  of  schools,  and  the  high  professional  standard 
demanded  in  the  teaching  body,  have  advanceel  Alameda  county 
educationally. 

In  the  past  few  years  many  new  buildings  have  been  erected 
in  the  county,  both  in  the  cities  and  the  rural  districts.  The 
tendency  is  toward  large  school  grounds  and  modern  buildings. 

During  the  few  years  past  there  have  been  many  notable 
changes  in  the  school  system  of  the  county.  The  course  of 
study  has  been  simplified ;  examination  for  graduation  from  the 
grammar  schools  largely  eliminated ;  a  system  of  accrediting 
schools  established,  and  an  opportunity  aflForded  for  teaching 
industrial  subjects,  such  as  sewing  and  cooking  for  the  girls  and 
manual  training  for  the  boys.  In  many  districts  a  course  in 
agriculture  is  in  force.  Night  schools  for  adults  are  being  estab- 
lished, thus  to  meet  the  popular  demand  and  to  complete  the 
educational  system. 

The  rural  schools  in  Alameda  county  are  particularly  for- 
tunate in  that  no  pupil  is  far  removed  from  school,  or  from  high 
school  facilities  of  the  best.  Not  only  in  the  cities,  but  in  the 
small  towns,  the  high  schools  are  superior.  A  system  of  inter- 
urban  lines  and  fine  roads  and  boulevards  makes  the  transporta- 
tion problem  a  simple  one.  Then  the  large  number  of  institu- 
tions of  higher  learning  in  the  county,  including  the  University 
of  California,  give  to  the  students  facilities  nowhere  surpassed. 

The  County  Superintendent  of  Schools,  Mr.  George  W. 
Frick,  has  served  for  several  terms  in  his  county,  and  knows 
thoroughly  the  needs  of  every  community  and  the  adaptability 
of  each  teacher  to  the  particular  position  she  occupies.  L'ndcr 
his  direction  the  schools  are  making  marked  progress. 

127 


SAN  FRANCISCO 
The   Financial,    Commercial   and    Industrial    Metropolis    of   the 

Pacific  Coast. 

To  those  who  view  the  wonders  of  the  Exposition  and  appre- 
ciate the  magnitude  of  the  task  which  has  resulted  in  the  com- 
pletion of  the  "Jewel  City" — a  city  unsurpassed  for  beauty  of 
color  and  architecture — there  comes  no  wonder  that  in  the  nine 
years  succeeding  the  disaster  which  laid  it  low,  San  Francisco 
should  have  risen  to  greater  prominence  than  ever  among  the 
large  cities  of  the  country. 

Situated  on  the  deep-water  side  of  the  largest  land-Iockf^d 
harbor  in  the  world,  it  is  the  natural  distributing  center  for  Cali- 
fornia and  the  Pacific  Coast.  Behind  it  the  great  and  fertile 
valleys  of  Sacramento,  San  Joaquin,  Santa  Clara,  Sonoma  and 
Napa,  the  products  of  which  are  shipped  to  all  parts  of  the  world 
from  San  Francisco.  Before  it  the  increasing  markets  of  the 
Orient  and  of  Central  and  South  America,  San  Francisco  is  pre- 
destined to  commercial  supremacy. 

The  city  and  county  is  46|/2  square  miles  in  area  and  its  pop- 
ulation is  conservatively  estimated  at  528,000.  Since  1906  more 
than  $471,000,000  has  been  spent  in  public  and  private  buildings 
in  San  Francisco.  This  exceeds  the  amount  spent  on  the  con- 
struction of  the  Panama  Canal.  The  city's  wharves  are  modern 
in  every  respect  and  equipped  with  spur  track  facilities.  The 
exports  from  San  Francisco  to  foreign  ports  during  1914 
amounted  to  $65,979,673  and  to  Atlantic  ports,  by  sea,  during 
the  same  year,  $26,559,101. 

The  bank  clearings  for  1914  were  $2,516,004,816,  which  was 
over  $165,000,000  more  than  the  combined  bank  clearings  of  the 
next  three  largest  Pacific  Coast  cities.  Of  the  eleven  prin- 
cipal cities  of  the  country,  San  Francisco  has  the  lowest  per- 
centage of  mortgage  indebtedness  on  real  estate. 

The  conflagration  of  1906  burned  497  city  blocks,  or  four 
square  miles,  in  the  very  heart  of  the  city;  2800  buildings  were 
destroyed  in  three  days.  The  entire  business  district  was  a 
waste  of  ashes,  yet,  without  the  loss  of  a  day,  those  who  suf- 
fered and  lost  most  commenced  and  carried  to  completion  the 
rehabilitation  of  their  stricken  city.  And  at  the  same  time  they 
have  builded  a  city  within  a  city — the  Exposition  City,  which 
represents    an    investment    of    $50,000,000,    beginning    with    a 

128 


nucleus  of  $4,000,000,  subscribed  by  the  citizens  of  San  Fran- 
cisco in  two  hours  at  a  mass  meeting  held  at  the  Merchants' 
Exchange  on  April  28,  1910. 

The  Exposition  extends  two  and  one-half  miles  along  the 
southern  shore  of  San  Francisco  Bay  and  covers  635  acres. 
There  are  three  main  divisions — the  central,  containing  the 
exhibit  palaces  and  courts;  the  western,  containing  the  foreign 
buildings  and  live  stock  section,  race  track,  aviation  and  athletic 
fields ;  the  eastern,  containing  the  amusement  concessions.  ' 


Mission  Doloros  de  San  Francisco  d'Assisi.  Established  1776.  The  original 
Mission,  the  exterior  restored,  is  located  at  Sixteenth  and  Dolores  streets,  San 
Francisco. 

129 


INDEX  TO  PUBLICITY  SECTION 

Alameda  County  Publicity  Commission 1 18-127 

American  Tellurian   Mfg.   Co 135 

Alaska  Steamship   Company 145 

American    Book   Company 149 

American  Rattan  &  Reed  Manufacturing  Co 187 

Angelus   Hotel    Company 187 

Anti- Saloon   League    156 

Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa  Fe  Railway  Company 112-114 

Binney  &  Smith   Company 136-137 

Boynton-Esterly  Teachers'   Agency 172 

Braun-Knecht-Heimann    Co 171 

California  School  of  Arts  and  Crafts 186 

Camp  Curry    142-143 

Cardinell- Vincent  Co 185 

College   Hall    184 

Colonial   Cafeteria   Co 170 

Columbia   Graphophone    Company 140-141 

Fisk   Teachers'   Agency 172 

Golden  West  Tours,  Inc 168-169 

Grand  Canyon  of  Arizona 186 

Gregg  Publishing  Company   174-175 

Hotel  Ramona    134 

Romeyn  B.  Hough  Company 144 

Inside  Inn  Hotel  Co 183 

Kewaunee  Manufacturing  Co 171 

Laird  &   Lee,   Inc 138 

Elizabeth   McCormick   Memorial  Fund 159 

G.  &  C.  Merriam  Company 167 

Mills  College  163 

Bert   M.    Morris    Co 136-137 

National  Women's  Christian  Temperance  Union 157 

Northern   Pacific  Railway  Company 116-117 

Northwestern   Pacific  Railroad  Co 155 

Oakland  Bank  of  Savings 170 

Panama  Canal  Exhibition  Co 186 

The  A.  N.  Palmer  Co 176-177 

Pasadena   146 

Peninsular    Land    and    Investment    Company 189 

Pomona  Chamber  of  Commerce 158 

G.  P.  Putnam's  Sons 190 

Remington  Typewriter  Company 178-180 

San    Francisco 128-129 

Shea    &    Lofquist,    Architects 183 

Singer   Sewing   Machine    Company 160 

Henry   C.    Smith,    Architect 139 

A.   G.   Spalding  &   Bros 133 

Southern   Pacific   Company 150-151 

Standard   Oil    Company    164-165 

Standard   Commercial   School 173 

Stanley  Rule  &  Level  Company 166 

Teachers'    Casualty    Underwriters 147 

Tehauntepec   (Mexican   Village) 186 

The  Viavi  Company 161 

Victor  Talking  Machine  Co 152-153 

The  Waldcraft   Co 183 

C.  F.  Weber  &  Co 182 

Whitcomb  &  Barrows 154 

World   Book   Company 130 

Yawman  &   Erbe   Manufacturing  Co 181 

Yosemite  Stage  and  Turnpike  Co 107-109 

Yosemite  Valley  Railroad  Co 100-105 

Zaner  &  Bloser 162 


INTRODUCTION   TO   PUBLICITY   SECTION 


Those  who  have  contributed  articles  to  these 
pages  are  educators  and  writers  of  note;  many  of 
them  of  national  and  international  reputation. 
Great  care  has  been  exercised  as  well  in  the  selec- 
tion of  those  advertisements  that  appear  in  the 
publicity  section  of  the  book.  Announcements  are 
included  of  those  organizations  only  for  whose 
reputation  the  teaching  body  can  stand  sponsor. 

We  call  particular  attention  not  alone  to  the 
quality  of  the  advertising,  but  to  its  appropriate- 
ness. Wheher  setting  forth  the  value  of  school  sup- 
plies and  equipment,  books,  educational  institutions, 
resorts,  tours  and  lines  of  travel,  industrial  or  social 
organizations  or  other  factors,  the  definite  relation 
to  the  teacher,  the  pupils,  and  the  general  public 
will  be  noted. 

Not  only  will  these  advertisements  make  their 
appeal  during  the  period  of  the  convention ;  the 
material  in  many  of  the  writeups  and  advertise- 
ments will  be  used  as  the  basis  for  supplementary 
work  in  the  schools.  The  great  diversity,  the  qual- 
ity, and  the  importance  of  this  advertising  justifies 
us  in  calling  particular  attention  to  the  following 
pages.  We  request  your  patronage  of  these  firms, 
and  invite  you  to  visit  and  study  the  exhibits  men- 
tioned.— (Editor.) 


131 


Books  that  apply  the  world's 
knowledge  to  the  worlds  needs" 

To  realize  the  ideal  expressed  in  the  above  motto, 
and  to  do  it  artistically,  intelligently,  truthfully, 
and  fearlcssl}',  is  the  highest  aim  a  publishing 
institution  can  set  before  itself,  and  demands  the 
right  books  and  the  right  men  behind  thein. 
World  Book  Company  has,  since  its  establishment 
in  1905,  devoted  itself  with  unswerving  loyalty  to 
this  ideal,  and  through  its  corps  of  educational 
experts  in  its  studios  and  laboratories  and  in  the 
field,  is  constantly  endeavoring  to  solve  the  edu- 
cational textbook  problems.  Write  to  this  house 
for  informntion  regarding  boo'^-s  which  meet  the 
most  exacting  educational  standards  as  to  their 
value  and  purpose,  their  efificiency  as  textbooks, 
as  well  as  to  their  mechanical  and  artistic  features. 


WORLD  BOOK  COMPANY 

Established  1905  by  Caspar  W.  Hodgson 

YONKERS-ON-HUDSON,  NEW  YORK 
CHICAGO      ATLANTA      DALLAS      MANILA 


132 


Physical  Education  An  Important 
Factor 

Do  not  overlook  the  opportunity  to  investigate  this  phase 
of  the  modern  educational  problem.  It  will  be  our  pleasure 
to  direct  or  take  you  around  to  the  various  playgrounds, 
gymnasiums,  athletic  grounds,  etc. 

We  cordially  invite  you  to  make  our  store  your  head- 
quarters for  general  information.  You  may  be  interested 
to  know  that  we  carry  the  largest  stock  of  athletic  goods, 
playground,  and  gymnasium  apparatus  west  of  Chicago. 
We  invite  you  to  inspect  our  display  at 

"  .'  '  -     >  ? 

A.  G.  SPALDING  &  BROS.  1 

158  GEARY  STREET 

One-half  Block  Belo^w  Union  Square 
SAN  FRANCISCO,  CALIFORNIA 


133 


New  Hotel  Ramona 


San  Francisco  Headquarters 
N.  E.  A. 

Ample  accommodations  pro- 
vided for  members  of  N.  E.  A. 
at  the  Select  Hotel 

Ramona 

and  afifiliated  hotels,  all  of 
which  have  been  personally 
inspected    and    approved. 

Every  room  outside  and 
with  private  bath 


Members  are  urged  to  go  direct  to  Hotel  Ramona,  where 
they  will  be  assigned  to  choice  outside  rooms  at  prices 
ranging  from  75c  to  $2.00  per  day. 

By  doubling  up,  or  going  three  or  four  in  a  room,  single 
and  double  beds,  expenses  can  be  materially  reduced. 

ELEGANT    MEALS 

can  be  had  as  follows : 

Breakfast,  35  cts.     Luncheon,  40  cts.    Dinner,  75  cts. 

These  Rates  Special  to  N.  E.  A. 

Take  the  Big  Blue  Bus  from  Ferry. 


Exposition  Inn  ten  minutes'  walk  from  Exposition 
Under  Management  Hotel  Ramona 


134 


the  matlick 
'Tellurian 


The  Matlick  Tellurian,  the  most  perfect  and  durably  con- 
structed instrument  of  its  kind  in  the  world,  is  now  offered  to 
all  schools,  being  the  result  of  a  lifetime  o'f  effort  and  an  invest- 
ment of  about  $100,000. 

This  marvelous  instrument  simultaneously  and  correctly  re- 
produces the  three  motions  of  the  Earth,  the  revolution  of  the 
Moon  in  its  own  plane,  the  gyration  of  the  Moon's  nodes,  the 
revolution  of  its  apsides,  the  sequence  of  solar  and  lunal  eclipses, 
all  correctly  timed  with  reference  to  each  other;  and  further,  the 
axis  of  the  earth-globe  maintains  the  constancy  of  its  inclination 
to  the  North,  and  the  Moon  rotates  once  on  its  axis  during  a 
revolution  about  the  Earth,  keeping  always  the  same  face  toward 
the  Earth.  Thus  the  demonstration  of  more  than  one  hundred 
facts  and  theories  is  made  possible. 

The  heads  of  the  departments  of  mathematics  in  the  univer- 
sities of  Washington,  Oregon  and  California ;  the  superintend- 
ents, principals  and  teachers  of  the  public  schools  of  Seattle, 
Portland  and  San  Francisco,  and  a  host  of  other  educational 
authorities  agree  as  to  its  scientific  accuracy  and  mechanical 
perfection,  and  assert  it  should  be  placed  in  every  grade  and 
high  school. 

A  requisition  has  been  secured  from  every  school  in  which 
it  has  been  demonstrated.  Correspondence  invited.  Send  for 
beautiful  illustrated  booklet. 


Exhibited  at  the  meeting  of  the  N.  E.  A.  in  Oakland, 
not  fail  to  witness  its  demonstration  there. 


Do 


AMERICAN   TELLURIAN    MFG.  CO., 
James  Edmunds,  Sales  Manager.  Seattle,  Washington. 


135 


'J 

1                         -■<« 

ip^l,^^ 

GOLD  MEDAL  CRAYONS  GIVEN  HIGHER  HONOR 

THE  accomoanying  illustrations  show  the  Binney  &  Smith  Com- 
pany's exhibit  of  their  famous  Gold  Medal  Crayons,  which  have 
been  given  still  higher  honors  by  the  Superior  Jury  of  Awards  at 
the  Panama-Pacific  International  Exposition. 

At  every  Exposition  held  for  many  years,  Binney  &  Smith  Com- 
pany have  taken  the  honors,  which  originated  their  well-known  slogan 
"Gold  Medal  Crayons  for  every  use." 

Their  exhibit  is  located  on  the  mezzanine  floor  in  the  Educational 
Palace,  and  was  designed  by  and  is  under  the  direction  of  Bert  M.  Morris. 

The  exhibit  shows  to  good  advantage  this  Company's  high-grade 
crayons.  The  "Crayola"  is  featured  by  covering  a  large  panel,  four  feet 
wide  by  twenty-seven  feet  long,  with  boxes  of  these  crayons. 

The  large  drawings  at  the  top  are  made  entirely  of  the  colored  chalks, 
and  show  children  in  their  playrooms,  with  all  other  toys  thrown  aside 
and  drawing  with  "Crayola,"  illustrating  its  preference  to  any  other  toys. 

Below  these  panels  is  a  long  frieze,  two  feet  wide  by  twenty-one  feet 
long,  made  by  inlaying  different  colored  chalks  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
cause  a  mosaic  eflfect.  The  design  is  of  conventional  butterflies,  and  is  very 
artistic  and  well  executed.  This  decoration  alone  required  the  efforts  of 
two  artists  for  over  three  weeks,  as  every  piece  of  chalk  was  glued  in 
separately  in  its  proper  place. 

On  the  walls  below  these  designs  are  pictures  made  with  such  crayons 
as-    "Crayola,"    "Spectra,"    "Boston,"    "Durel"    and    other    well-known 


136 


Crayons,  made  by  this  Company,  showing  the  wonderful  effects  that  can 
be  produced  with  the  different  crayons,  as  they  make  a  crayon  for  every 
use.  Some  very  beautiful  pictures  are  shown,  which  were  made  with 
the  "Spectra,"  which  is  the  new  pastel  crayon,  and  show  the  same  delicate 
effects  as  produced  by  the  best  imported  French  pastels. 

On  the  large  table  in  the  center  is  shown  the  complete  assortment  of 
crayons,  such  as  "An-Du-Septic  Dustless,"  "B.  &  S.  School  Chalk," 
"Boston,"  "Durel,"  "Crayola"  and  "Staonal"  Crayons. 

Artistically  displayed  will  be  seen  silk  sofa  pillows,  covers,  draperies, 
etc.,  which  have  been  beautifully  stenciled  with  "Crayola,"  which'  shows 
wonderful  possibilities  in  this  direction. 

Many  artists  have  visited  this  exhibit  and  have  bfeen  very  much  sur- 
prised and  interested  in  the  possibilities  of  these  crayons,  which  possess 
the  many  features  of  artists'  crayons,  but  which  are'  manufactured  at  a 
price  within  the  reach  of  public  schools.  :.^_;,~- 

In  making  the  awards,  the  Superior  Jury  took  all  these  points  into  con- 
sideration, and  decided  that  Binney  &  Smith  were  entitled  to  a  greater 
honor  than  the  Gold  Medal,  and  awarded  them  the  "Medal  of  Honor," 
which  is  the  highest  award  made  on  crayons  at  the  Panama-Pacific  Expo- 
sition, and  the  highest  award  ever  made  on  any  crayons  at  any  exposition. 

Members  of  the  N.  E.  A.  and  visiting  teachers  are  cordially  invited  to 
inspect  this  exhibit  of  Gold  Medal  Crayons,  and  to  see  the  wonderful 
possibilities  as  shown  by  samples  of  work. 

The  official  certificate  is  displayed  with  their  other  gold  medals  at  the 
exhibit  in  the  Educational  Palace. 


THE    LAIRD    &    LEE    \A/EBSTER 

A  STRONG  STATEMENT 
In     every    State,    In    every    school — where  the   Laird   &   Lee  Webster 
Dictionary    has   been    properly   presented   and    honestly    and    Intelligently 
considered -where   MERIT    ONLY    has   been    the    sole    consideration,    the 
Laird  &   Lee  Webster  has  been  adopted  or  recommended. 

If  you  are  not  using  the  Laird  &  Lee  Webster  in  your  schools  you 
ARE  NOT  getting  proper  dictionary  VALUE!  You  are  not  using  the 
BEST.  Briefs,  sample  pages,  etc.,  explaining  WHY  the  Laird  &  Lee 
Webster  la  the  best  school  dictionary,  will  be  sent  on  request. 

Mora  pagei,  lllTntratlons,  special  faatnref,  new  Schooi    Editions 

fwordi,  larger  type,  mora  eobstantially  boond,  ^t     nrices     from 


I  better  paper  than  acy  other  series  ot  Dictiona- 
ries published  in  America  or  Europe. 


$5  00 


$3.00 


$1.50 


80o 


65c 


36o 


35c  to  $5.00 

Bible-Paper  Gift 

and   i-lome  Editions 

at  $2.75,  $3.50,  $4.00 

(High   School 

plates)  and  at 

$10.00 

(Encyclopedic 

Library  Edition 

plates) 


WILUAMS  LANGl/ACE  SERIES 


[READING 
CONVERSATION 
COMPOSITION 


WILLIAMS'    LANGUAGE    SERIES 

READING— CONVERSATION— COIVIPOSITION,    by    J.    D.    WILLIAMS 

Is    based    upon    the    belief    that    a    complete        /^ 
story,  one  general  thought  continued  throughout 
the  year's  work,  is  much  to  be  preferred  to  the 
ordinary  patchwork  of  so-called  language  books. 

The  pupil's  Interest  is  aroused  in  the  first 
lesson  and  increases  with  the  narration. 

Interest  Is  the  largest  factor  in  successful 
effort,  and  will  lead  the  pupil  along  the  path, 
varied  and  continuous,  to  the  desired  goal — 
clear  thinking  and  clear  expression. 

This  beautiful  story  is  a  veritable  empire, 
composed  of  four  kingdoms  of  educative  influ- 
ences, through  which  and  in  which  the  author 
asks  his  readers  to  go  with  him,  finding  pleas- 
ure and  instruction  on  every  hand.  In  short,  it 
Is  a  work  on  Reading,  Language,  Ethics,  Nature. 
Cioth,   192  pages,   illustrated,  40c 


GRADED  LANGUAGE  EXERCISES  by  J.  D.  Williams 

The  chief  aim  of  this  book  is  to  help  the 
child  give  correct  expression  to  his  daily  experi- 
ences, so  that  he  may  discern  readily  the  Rela- 
tion of  Words  in  a  sentence,  the  Relation  of 
Sentences  in  a  paragraph,  the  Relation  of 
Paragraphs  in  a  theme.  Thus  through  observa- 
tion and  practice  his  mind  will  become  trained 
to  habits  of  orderly  thinking  and  he  will  acquire 
such  facility  in  expression  and  knowledge  of  the 
form  side  of  language  as  will  enable  him  to 
exercise  in  an  intelligent  and  interesting  man- 
ner, his  gift  of  speech. 

Cloth,  illustrated,  256  pages,  45c 


COMMON     SCHOOL    SPELLING    BOOK 
BY  FRANCES  SQUIRE  POTTER 

A     natural     and     self-unfolding    method     of 
learning   to    spell.     Founded    upon    sound   peda- 
gogical principles.    It  makes  English  Spelling  an 
attractive   and   interesting   means   of  Education 
instead  of  an  unrelated  horror  and  reproach. 
Cioth,  138  pages,  25c 
SOLD   WHEREVER    BOOKS   ARE    SOLD 
Correspondence  Solicited 

LAIRD  &  LEE,  Inc.    Publishers,  Chicago 


138 


Armijo  Union  High  School 

FAIRFIELD 

A  modern  high  school   building  at   Fairfield,   Solano 
County,  and  awarded  the 

Gold  Medal 

Awarded  by  the  International  Jury 

in  the  architectural  display,  California  exhibit, 

Palace   of   Education, 

Panama-Pacific 
International  Exposition 

Medal  awarded  for  beauty,  proportion,  style  of  archi- 
tecture, adaptability  to  needs  of  the  school,  and  large  re- 
turns secured  for  the  money  invested. 

Visit  the  California  exhibit.  Palace  of  Education,  and 
see  this  model,  and  photographs  of  other  school  buildings. 

HENRY  C.  SMITH,  Architect 

Specialist  in  School  Architecture 

785  MARKET  ST.  SAN  FRANCISCO 

SIXTEEN  YEARS'  EXPERIENCE 


139 


THE  COLUMBIA  IN  EDUCATION 


THE  Columbia  Graphophone  Company's  educational   rec- 
ords   and    special    school    Grafonolas,    exhibited    in    the 
Liberal  Arts  Building  of  the  Panama-Pacific  Exposition, 
merit  the  attention  of  all  who  are  interested  in  modern  education. 


Columbia    Exhibit,    Pa  nam  a -Pacific    Exposition — Block   18,    Liberal    Arts    Palace 

A  survey  made  by  leading  experts,  selected  to  review  the 
educational  exhibits  at  the  Exposition,  reveals  the  fact  that  the 
Columbia  Company's  Educational  Department  has  a  most 
unique  and  comprehensive  list  of  educational  records. 

There  are  records  made  in  all  parts  of  the  world,  and  by 
nearly  all  the  different  peoples  of  the  world. 

The  list  includes  records  to  inspire  patriotism  and  good  citi- 
zenshipj  records  designed  to  be  used  as  a  disciplinary  force, 
records{Hhat  are  inspirational  in  charactjeristics  and  an  unusual 
list  of  ijultural  music  records.  The  use  of  the  Columbia  Graf- 
onola  in  physical  education  is  demonstrated  by  folk-dance  rec- 
ords, aesthetic  dance  records,  gymnastic  and  special  records  for 
playground  activities.  There  are  charming  story  and  vocal 
lesson  records  and  complete  singing  systems  for  use  in  both 
public  school  and  studio  practice ;  a  graded  list  of  vocal  and 
instrumental  music  for  the  study  of  appreciation  of  music, 
operatic  records  and  modern  language  courses. 

140 


Ear  training,  through  imitation,  is  the  fundamental  peda- 
gogic principal  or  method  of  using  these  records  to  obtain  the 
best  results  in  the  spoken  work  and  the  use  of  the  pure  musical 
voice. 

The  musical  sense  is  awakened  and  the  musical  memory  is 
developed  through  repeated  hearing  of  these  records  of  the  best 
in  music  and  the  best  in  literature. 


^^^^^^^^^KtKKI^Kitiu^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^B 

^^^ 

^^^.^..^Pj^^-C:    "'^^•^'^^'^B^lt 

^^^^^     -                              jjlll 

^BP^^^^B>  '^''TT'    ^^^^^11 

^^^^^^^^^^^^^B^^^^l^^^^^^^^^^^f 

Jl^m 

After  viewing  this  exhibit,  one  comes  away  feeling  the 
Columbia  Educational  Department  is  dealing  with  specific  ele- 
rnentals  in  a  thoroughly  practical  manner.  The  cause  of  educa- 
tion is  advanced  by  this  additional  material  that  definitely 
contributes  to  the  physical,  mental  and  cultural  well-being  of 
boys  and  girls. 

The  month  of  August  is  given  over  to  matters  educational 
at  the  Columbia  exhibit.  Daily  demonstrations  and  lectures  are 
given,  explaining  in  detail  the  methods  which  the  teachers  use 
in  their  daily  work  in  the  schoolroom  with  Columbia  Grafonolas 
and   Educational  Records. 

A  cordial  invitation  is  extended  to  all  teachers  and  friends, 
who  attend  the  Panama-Pacific  Exposition  and  the  National 
Education  Association's  Convention,  to  visit  the  Columbia  ex- 
hibit during  the  month  of  August. 

COLUMBIA  GRAPHOPHONE  COMPANY, 
Woolworth  Building,  New  York  City. 
(EDUCATIONAL  DEPARTMENT.) 

141 


CAMP  CURRY 

THERE  is  no  more  picturesque  spot  in  the  high  Sierras, 
which  is  another  way  of  saying  in  the  world,  than  the 
Yosemite  Valley.  Known  the  world  over  among  those 
who  read  or  travel,  Yosemite  is  placed  at  the  head  of  the  list  of 
the  marvelous  wonders  of  nature.  It  embodies  as  does  perhaps 
no  other  of  our  national  playgrounds,  ease  of  access,  with 
beauty  and  charm  and  the  awe-inspiring  grandeur  of  its  scenery. 
The  canyon,  cut  3,C0O  feet  below  the  rim ;  the  Merced  river 
winding  through ;  waterfalls  half  a  mile  in  height ;  peaks  and 
domes  and  spires  that  reach  into  the  clouds ;  a  flower  and  tree- 
covered  valley  floor,  and  trails  and  drives  and  camping  to  the 
heart's  content, — these  are  some  of  the  wonders  of  the 
Yosemite. 

290  guests  in  1899;  5304  in  1914;  10,000  in  1915— such  is  the 
record  of  CAMP  CURRY.  Tucked  away  under  the  cliff  known 
as  Glacier  Point,  with  the  entire  valley  for  a  front  door,  Camp 
Curry  is  one  of  the  most  delightful  camps  in  the  world  and 
David  A.  Curry  one  of  the  most  efficient  managers.  i 


..*  ,  »    '       ¥   --^        In  h.  ~^"  ■■'■■■■  ■'^        :-ii         -^  l-*-H 

|'4     W         '  •■■>rv; 
1    i          •       * 

\<^ 

t  -  JSL,^KBI^^^»  »■ 

^!i-  - 

*-■>_. 

■k 

niwwii 

Itfli^M 

.■»- 

Camp   Curry,   at  the   Base  of   Glacier   Point. 


142 


The  camp  embodies  all  the 
comforts  of  a  modern  hotel, 
with  the  joys  of  out-door  lile, 
under  the  bluest  of  blue  skies 
by  day,  and  the  brightest  ot 
bright  stars  by  night.  Excel- 
lent service  is  had  at  the  rate 
of  $2.50  per  day,  or  $15  per 
week.  The  meals  at  the  camp 
are  excellent,  the  tents  are  at- 
tractive and  the  appointments 
are  sanitary.  There  is  express, 
mail  and  telephone  service  at 
the  camp,  and  a  postoffice  and 
a  money  order  department, 
steam  laundry,  baths  and  swim- 
ming tank.  Mail  and  baggage 
should  be  addressed  to  Camp 
Curry, 

Yosemite  and  the  Curry's 
make  the  camp.  If  anyone  has 
ever  been  disappointed  in  the 
valley  or  in  Camp  Curry,  we 
have  not  heard  of  it.  Genial, 
courteous,  painstaking,  David 
A.  Curry  is  a  master  of  his  pro- 
fession. He  is  as  intimately 
acquainted  with  Yosemite  and 
the  region  round  about  as  you 
are  with  your  office  or  school- 
room,  and   he   can   tell   you   what   to   see   and   how   to   see   it. 

"All  roads  lead  to  Camp  Curry."  Go  to  the  Yosemite.  Stop 
at  the  Camp.  See  David  A.  Curry  and  you  will  go  again  and 
take  your  friends. 


Yosemite   Falls,  2600  Feet   High. 


143 


UNIQUE  EXHIBIT  OF  AMERICAN  WOODS 

Palace  of  Education,  Mezzanine  Floor,  Fifth  St.  and  Ave.  A 
Above  Theatre  Number  2 


A  most  inter- 
esting and  in- 
structive exhibit 
of  American 
Woods,  by  Ro- 
meyn  B.  Hough 
of  Lowville,  N. 
Y.,  consists  of  a 
publication  illus- 
trated by  actual 
specimens,  in  the 
form  of  sections 
sufficiently  thin  to 
be  examined  by 
transmitted  light 
and  show  the  end, 
radial,  and  tan- 
gential sections  of 
the  grain.  They 
are  mounted  on 
separate  pages  to 
facilitate  exami- 
nation, and  beau- 
tifully reveal  char- 
acteristics, struc- 
tures, etc.  An  ac- 
companying text 
with  each  volume 
gives  complete 
and  full  informn- 
tion  as  to  uses, 
physical  proper- 
ties of  each  wood, 
character  and  dis- 
tribution of  the 
trees,  etc.  Twen- 
five  species,  three 
sections  of  each, 
constitute  a  vol- 
ume, which  is 
bound  in  a  unique 
and  appropriate 
manner.  Thirteen 
of  the  volumes  have  been  issued,  covering  the  woods  of  the  United 
States;  of  these,  five  volumes  are  woods  of  the  Pacific  Slope. 

A  companion  book,  Handbook  of  Trees  (photo-descriptive)  is  also 
shown  at  the  exhibit,  in  which  the  leaves,  fruit,  leafless  branches,  tree- 
trunk,  etc.,  are  photographed  in  their  natural  environment.  The  distribu- 
tion of  each  species  is  plotted  on  an  individual  map  of  the  United  States, 
and  the  photographed  microscopic  section.  A  text  gives  necessary  infor- 
mation and  a  book  which  appeals  to  the  novice  and  student  alike.  Also 
lantern  slides  of  transverse  sections  of  wood  1.400  of  an  inch  thick,  and 
photo  slides  of  the  trees,  barks,  fruits,  etc.,  and  microscopic  mounts  of 
wood  are  shown  at  this  exhibit,  besides  a  novel  line  of  cross-section 
cards. 

YOU    ARE    CORDIALLY    INVITED    TO    CALL    AND    SEE   THIS 

EXHIBIT 


ALASKA 


UNKNOWN  AND  OF  RARE  INTEREST 


Novel        Entertaining       Accessible 


From  now  on  Alaska  will  be  constantly  in  the  public  eye. 
Every  educator  in  the  United  States  should  know  that  land, 
— should  study  its  great  geological  and  geographical  his- 
tory; its  romantic  story  under  primitive  Native,  Russian  and 
American  rule  and,  above  all,  learn  something  of  the  VERY 
LOW  RATES  for  excursions  to  its  wonderful  fiords,  bays, 
inlets,  volcanoes,  Indian  villages  and  rich  interior. 

To  reach  any  and  all  parts  of  the  territory  write  for  full 
information  to 

JOHN  H.  BUNCH,  General  Freight  and  Passenger  Agent 


Alaska  Steamsdip  Company 

508  Lowman  Building 
Seattle,  Wash. 

INVITATION  TO  MEMBERS  OF  N.  E.  A. 

All  members  of  the  National  Education  Association  and 
their  friends  are  cordially  invited  to  use  the  exhibit  of  the 
ALASKA  STEAMSHIP  COMPANY  in  the  TRANSPOR- 
TATION BUILDING  as  their  headquarters  when  at  the 
P.-P.  I.  E. 

See  splendid  maps,  charts,  and  pictures  and  descriptive 
matter  free. 


145 


'ht  M 


Three  of  the   Group   of  Seven   Buildings   Constituting 
Pasadena   Polytechnic   High   School 


PASADENA 

America's  Beauty  Spot — The  City  that  offers  every  attrac- 
tion to  those  who  desire  a  clean,  up-to-date,  progressive  resi- 
dential city.  Its  citizenship  is  of  the  highest  and  it  is  a  center 
of  culture  and  education. 

In  addition  to  the  excellent  public  school  system,  Pasadena 
has  located  in  it  and  its  environs — Throop  College  of  Tech- 
nology, Occidental  College,  Nazarene  University,  Polytechnic 
Elementary  School,  Stickney  School  of  Fine  Arts,  Eleanor 
Miller  School  of  Expression  and  eight  other  private  schools, 
including  three  girls'  schools  and  two  business  colleges. 

To  those  attending  the  N.  E.  A.  Convention  we  would  suggest  that 
they  should  by  no  means  fail  to  see  the  beauties  and  attractions  of 
this  city. 


146 


Sickness  or  an  Accident 

M2Jces  the  Bank  Account  Look  Sick 

Everything  going  like  clock-work — $20  each  month  in  the 
bank — it  looks  like  a  nice  little  surplus  at  the  end  of  the  school 
year.  And  then  something  happens,  for  the  best  laid  plans . 
"gang  aft  a-gley". 

An  Accident  or  a  Sickness  dips  into  the  program — a  month 
or  two  is  lost,  with  no  salary — it  becomes  necessary  to  with- 
draw from  the  bank  to  pay  the  board,  the  nurse  and  the  doctor. 
One  month's  expenses  of  this  sort,  without  any  income,  will 
play  havoc  with  a  nice  little  savings  account. 

How  to  Save  Your  Savings 

Thousands  of  teachers  have  learned  by  bitter  experience  that 
the  only  -way  to  save  their  savings  is  to  have  them  protected 
by  the  T.  C.  U.  It  is  terribly  depressing  to  have  the  accumula- 
tion of  perhaps  an  entire  year  wiped  out  in  a  few  weeks  by 
some  unforeseen  and  unpreventable  disaster.  Many  times  an 
accident  or  a  sickness  piles  up  a  debt  that  will  mortgage  one's 
eflforts  for  a  year  or  more. 

In  her  own  words,  read  what  the  T.  C.  U.  cheque  did  for 
Miss  Bell: 

"Permit  me  to  thank  you  sincerely  for  the  $227.33  which  you 
paid  me  for  my  accident.  I  fell  and  broke  my  ankle  on  the  day 
after  Christmas,  and  I  do  not  know  how  I  could  have  kept  up 
my  spirits  without  the  knowledge  that  I  would  be  cared  for  by 
the  T.  C.  U.  I  wish  I  could  talk  to  all  teachers  and  convince 
them  of  the  value  and  necessity  of  such  protection.  It  took 
one  of  your  friends  a  long  time  to  convince  me  that  this  was 
necessary,  and  now  I  wonder  that  I  ever  hesitated." 

This  great  National  Teachers'  Protective  Organization — the 
T.  C.  U. — stands  ready  to  pay  you  $50  a  month  for  loss  of  time 
caused  by  accident,  sickness  or  quarantine,  besides  many  addi- 
tional benefits,  fully  explained  in  our  booklet.  Will  you  permit 
us  to  send  you  a  free  copy?  At  least  read  it  before  you  decide 
what  to  do.  Sign  your  name  and  address  to  the  Coupon  below 
and  all  information  will  be  sent  free. 

M 
Teachers  Casualty  Underwriters 

105  T,  C:  U.  Building  ^.^rTthe  t.  c 

'  '  ^^       The   National   Protective 

>   .  I  KT    1  .^''^  Organization    for   Teachers. 

Lincoln,    INebr.  ^^^^05  T.  C.  U.  eidg.,  Lincoin,  Nebr. 

*^\  am   a   Teacher   and   I   am   interested   In 
knowing    about    your    Protective    Benefits. 
Send  me   the  whole   story,   booltlet  of  testi- 
monials. 

Name  

Address 

'(This  coupon  places  the   sender  under  no  obligation   whatever.) 


147 


(Coupon   for 
free  booklet 
Give  your  name 
and  address.) 
U. 


148 


A  QUARTER  CENTURY 
OF  SERVICE 

This  year  marks  the  twenty-fifth  anniversary  of  the 
American  Book  Company.  Founded  in  1890,  the  Ameri- 
can Book  Company  has  steadily  held  to  its  purpose  to 
publish  increasingly  better  textbooks  at  the  lowest  price 
consistent  with  form  and  content  of  the  first  quality. 

Its  catalogue  of  over  three  thousand  titles  registers 
every  significant  educational  movement.  Its  aim  is  to 
ofler  promptly  the  concrete,  crystallized  expression  of 
the  research  and  methods  of  the  best  teachers.  Its  out- 
look is  wide,  embracing  every  section  of  the  country  and 
instruction  of  every  grade  from  the  primary  school  to 
the  college. 

The  American  Book  Company  is  conscious  of  its 
responsibility  to  the  public  generally  and  to  the  teachers 
particularly.  It  is  aware  and  proud  of  the  contribution 
it  has  made  to  educational  progress  through  the  realiza- 
tion of  its  purpose.  And  it  appreciates,  and  is  encour- 
aged to  larger  endeavor  by  the  generous  recognition  of 
the  service  it  has  rendered. 


149 


Lake  Tahoe 


LAKE  TAHOE,   YOSEMITE  AND   CRATER  LAKE— 
ON  SOUTHERN  PACIFIC  LINES 

VISITORS  to  the 
E  X  p  o  s  i  t  ions 
this  year  will 
miss  a  golden  opportu- 
nity if  they  fail  to  see 
the  scenic  regions  for 
which  the  mountain- 
land  of  the  West  is 
celebrated,  reached  by 
Southern  Pacific  Lines. 
Among  these  are  Lake 
Tahoe,  Yosemite  Val- 
ley and  Crater  Lake. 
A  mile-high  lake,  twenty-three  miles  long  and  thirteen  miles 
wide,  its  fathomless  waters  a  regal  blue,  set  in  a  great  bowl  of 
rugged  snow-clad  peaks  that  rise  eleven  thousand  feet  above 
sea-level — such  is  Lake  Tahoe.  About  its  circling  shores  there 
are  unfolded  panoramas  of  matchless  sublimity,  with  green 
meadows  and  sandy  beaches,  dense  fragrant  pine  forests  that 
come  down  to  the  lake's  very  brink,  rocky  cHflfs  and  promon- 
tories, and  over  all  the  lordly  mountains  with  their  crests  of 
glittering  snow,  towering  five  thousand  feet  above  the  serene 
face  of  Tahoe.  The  lake  shore  is  dotted  with  summer  homes 
and  picturesque  resorts,  for  this  is  the  ideal  vacation  realm,  with 
nothing  to  mar  the  serenity  and  comfort  of  its  mid-summer 
weather.  The  lover  of  the  life-out-of-doors  may  hunt  in  the 
High  Sierras,  catch  royal  trout  in  the  lakes  and  in  the  Truckee, 
enjoy  the  rarest  of  alpine  climbing,  ride  horseback  over  safe 
mountain  trails,  motor  along  tree-shaded  roads  that  skirt  the 
waterside,  play  tennis  or  partake  of  any  fresh  air  recreation  that 
heart  could  wish  for. 

Lake  Tahoe  is  easily  reached — a  night's  ride  from  San  Fran- 
cisco— ^along  the  line  of  the  Southern  Pacific  Ogden  Route  to 
Truckee,  whence  the  Lake  Tahoe  Railway  runs  up  the  wild 
canyon  of  the  Truckee  River  to  Tahoe  Tavern,  15  miles. 

Yosemite   Valley 

Yosemite  Valley  stands  second  to  none  among  the  wonders 
of  the  world.    This  famous  mountain  gorge  lies  in  the  very  heart 
of  the  High  Sierras  on  the  headwaters  of  the  Merced  River.     It 
150 


is  a  place  of  perpendicular  percipices,  titanic  granite  spires  and 
domes,  tremendous  waterfalls  and  cascades,  which  give  to  this 
lofty  valley  an  indescribable  grandeur.  The  Mariposa  Grove  of 
Big  Trees  is  reached  from  Yosemite  Valley  by  stage  to 
Wawona,  on  the  southern  boundary  of  the  Park. 

Yosemite  is  most  easily  reached  by  the  San  Joaquin  Valley 
Line  of  the  Southern  Pacific  to  Merced,  whence  the  Yosemite 
Valley  Railroad  extends  seventy-eight  miles  up  the  picturesque 
canyon  of  the  Merced  River  to  El  Portal,  at  the  entrance  to  the 
Park.  The  valley,  sixteen  miles  beyond,  is  reached  after  a  de- 
lightful auto-stage  ride.  The  trip  from  San  Francisco  to  El 
Portal  takes  ten  hours.  At  El  Portal  there  is  a  fine  mountain 
inn  and  in  Yosemite  Valley  the  visitor  is  accommodated  at  well- 
appointed  hotels  and  camps.  The  chief  features  of  the  valley 
may  be  seen  in  a  stopover  of  twenty-four  hours,  though  it  is 
advisable  to  spend  more  if  possible  in  viewing  its  many  attrac- 

Crater  Lake 

Another       remarkable 

natural  feature  of  the 
Pacific  Coast  which 
should  be  visited  is  Cra- 
ter Lake,  lying  sixty 
miles  north  of  the  Cali- 
fornia-Oregon boundary, 
in  the  Cascade  Range. 
These  mountains  were  in 
ancient  times  the  center 
of  immense  volcanic  ac- 
crater  Lake  tivity.     The   crest   of   the 

loftiest  peak  of  all.  Mount  Mazama,  was  "blown  off"  in  some 
terrific  cataclysm  of  nature  and  the  immense  crater  filled  with 
water,  forming  Crater  Lake.  The  lake  is  six  miles  across, 
rimmed  by  an  irregular  circle  of  precipitous  cliflFs.  Crater  Lake's 
waters  are  of  an  intense  blue,  the  color  given  by  the  great  depth, 
which  is  over  2,000  feet.  The  surface  of  the  lake  is  6,177  feet 
above  the  sea. 

Crater  Lake  is  reached  from  San  Francisco  over  the  Shasta 
Route  of  the  Southern  Pacific,  by  way  of  Weed,  Klamath  Falls 
and  Chiloquin,  whence  automobile  stages  run  to  Crater  Lake 
Lodge,  36  miles.  It  is  also,  accessible  by  automobile  stage  from 
Medford,  Oregon,  on  the  Shasta  Route — distance.  85  miles. 

151 


^ 


"Victor  Temple,"  center  of   Liberal   Arts,   P.    P.    I.    E. 

Music  is  the  youngest  of  the  arts  to  be  developed  into  defi- 
nite form,  yet  the  oldest  of  all  the  arts  in  its  service  to  man  in 
the  expression  of  his  emotions  of  joy,  fear,  love,  hate,  worship  or 
play. 

All  primitive  peoples  used  music,  and  in  much  the  same 
form,  a  simple  monotonous  chant,  accompanied  at  first  by  hand- 
clapping  and  rythmic  movements  of  the  body,  then  by  crude 
instruments  fashioned  out  of  a  hollow  log  with  skin  drawn 
across  the  opening,  and  by  numerous  rattles  and  jangles  of  seed 
pods,  gourds,  and  metals. 

Rhythm  thus  developed,  the  chanting  becam.e  more  varied 
and  tuneful,  and  Melody  came  with  the  Folk  Song  and  Folk 
Dance,  which  at  first  were  the  same  thing  as  all  songs  were 
danced  and  all  dances  were  sung.  Each  Nation  evolved  a  store 
of  particular  home,  climatic,  play,  industrial  and  racial  songs. 
Each  used  some  of  the  characteristic  instruments  that  were 
gradually  developed  from  the  crude  beginnings  of  horns  of  ani- 
mals, reeds,  pipes,  and  stringed  gourds,  and  boxes,  and  so  began 
the  modern  instruments  of  the  orchestra.  The  Crusaders 
brought  back  from  Oriental  lands  the  Lute  and  Rebec,  and  the 
art  of  singing  songs  of  love  and  heroism,  with  solo  accompani- 
ment resulted  in  the  Troubadours,  Minstrels,  and  Minnesingers. 

152 


All  early  music  was  in  one  part,  Monody,  the  earliest  com- 
binations being  rounds.  We  have  no  record  of  part  singing 
earlier  than  the  Thirteenth  Century.  The  early  composers  then 
began  to  work  on  the  mathematical  relations  of  simultaneous 
sounds  and  Polyphony  and  Harmony  came. 

Music  as  we  know  it  came  with  the  beginning  of  Opera  and 
Oratorio  in  the  Seventeenth  Century,  and  the  great  masters  of 
the  Eighteenth  and  Nineteenth  Centuries,  and  is  even  now 
undergoing  wonderful  developments.  Music  in  its  emotional, 
imaginative,  intellectual  and  cultured  powers,  has  in  it  more  of 
value  for  the  education  of  the  whole  child  than  any  other  single 
subject  in  the  curriculum  of  our  schools. 

Educators  have  never  before  been  able  to  bring  this  force  to 
bear  upon  the  processes  of  education.  "The  Victor  in  the 
Schools"  is  the  miracle  which  has  made  it  possible  to  bring  the 
real  music  of  all  the  past  ages  and  of  all  lands  to  all  the  children 
of  all  the  people,  and  has  caused  the  greatest  advancement  in 
Public  School  music  that  has  come  to  it  since  its  beginning 
under  Lowell  Mason  in  Boston  in  1836. 

At  the  Victor  Temple  (in  the  center  of  the  Palace  of  Liberal 
Arts)  there  is  given  each  day  a  series  of  educational  lectures 
(illustrated  by  Victor  records)  on  Music,  its  yesterdays  and  to- 
morrows, showing  special  records  which  have  been  made  to 
illustrate  all  these  steps  in  the  growth  of  music  from  primitive 
peoples  to  the  ultra-modern  school,  all  played  and  sung  by  the 
greatest  artists  the  World  has  ever  known,  and  for  the  first  time 
made  available  for  the  schools  as  true  servants  of  education. 

Victors  are  installed  in  the  schools  of  more  than  2700  cities, 
scattered  in  every  part  of  the  United  States,  and  through  help- 
ful literature  are  being  used  for  really  educational  purposes. 

The  Victor  Temple  is  conceded  to  be  the  most  artistic  single 
exhibit  on  the  Exposition  Grounds,  and  has  been  visited  by 
nearly  400,000  persons  since  the  Opening  Day. 

Every  teacher  and  educator  is  cordially  invited  to  come  to 
the  Temple  and  hear  the  lectures  and  records  of  the  World's 
best  music.  Ask  the  lecturers  and  attendants  for  full  informa- 
tion, and  for  a  copy  of  the  Book,  "A  New  Correlation." 

For  further  information  address  Educational  Department, 
Victor  Talking  Machine  Company,  Camden,  N.  J. 

153 


A  Clearing  House 

for 

Home  Economics  Books 

Almost  every  publisher  has  some  books  on  the  House, 
its  upkeep  and  decoration;  on  Sanitation;  on  Food,  Cook- 
ery, Nutrition;  on  Hygiene  and  Nursing. 

To  save  time  and  money  for  schools  and  teachers  our 
firm  was  established  in  1904.  One  order  sent  to  us  brings 
all  publishers'  books.  Because  we  specialize  only  in  these 
lines  we  can  give  better  service  in  them  to  our  customers 
than  can  be  given  in  these  lines  by  the  larger  general 
jobbing  houses. 

In  addition  we  have  published  some  of  the  best  books 
on  Home  Economics  now  on  the  market.  We  invite  your 
attention   to   the   titles   listed  below. 

Are  you  using  these  books  as  texts? 

The  Modern  Household,  Talbot  &  Breckinridge. 

Household  Physics,  Alfred  M.  Butler. 

Household  Textiles,  Charlotte  M.  Gibbs. 

Selection  and  Preparation  of  Food,  Bevier  &  Van  Meter. 

House  Sanitation,  Marion  Talbot. 

Ssnitation  in  Daily  Life,  Ellen  H.  Richards. 

Home  Science  Cook  Book,  Lincoln  &  Barrows. 

Cook  Book  for  Nurses,  Sarah  C.  Hill. 

Equipment  for  Teaching  Domestic  Science,  Helen  Kinne. 

Are  these  books  in  your  school  library? 

Life  of  Ellen  H.  Richards  Euthenics 

Home  Economics  Movement  Art  of  Right  Living 

Woman  Who  Spends  Home  Problems 

Fuels  of  the  Household  Healthful  Farmhouse 

We  want  your  orders  for  books  in  our  lines.  We  will 
give  you  prompt  and  careful  attention.  Transportation 
charges  are  adjusted  to  rates  from  the  nearest  large  book- 
supplying  center.     Send  for  our  lists  if  you  are  interested. 

WHITCOHB  I  BARROWS 

Huntington  Chambers       PUBLISHERS  Boston,  Mass. 


154 


In  Vacation  Land.     California's  popular  playgrounds 
provide  every  natural  attraction 

Seashore  --  Forest  --  Mountain  --  River 

Superb    Climate,    the    Sportsman's    Paradise,    Matchless 
Scenery,  easily  reached  over  the  lines  of  the 

NORTHWESTERN  PACIFIC   RAILROAD 

Hundreds  of  delightful  places  for  a  day,  a  week  or  a  month's  pleasure 

MT.  TAMALPAIS  &  MUIR  WOODS.— A  journey  to  a  mountain  top 
over  a  wonderful  steam  railroad — Muir  Woods — a  grove  of  prime- 
val redwoods. 

SAUSALITO  FERRY — Boat  from  San  Francisco  to  Sausalito  gives  an 

excellent   idea    of   San    Francisco    Bay,   the    islands   and    the    Golden 

Gate.     Time  30  minutes. 
TRIANGLE    TRIP — A     150-mile    journey    along    the     sea    coast    and 

through   the   giant   redwoods   beside   the   Russian   River. 
SAN  RAFAEL — Delightful  ferry  ti-ip — a  journey  by  steam  train  and  re- 
turn via  electric  over  a  different  route — one  hour  from  S.   F. 
PETALUMA — The    greatest    chicken    producing    center    in    California. 

One   and   three-quarter   hours   from    San    Francisco. 
SANTA  ROSA — A  thriving  city  in  the  midst  of  a  beautiful  valley — The 

home  of  Luther  Burbank  and  rich  in   orchards  and  vineyards — two 

and  a  half  hours  from   San   Francisco. 
BOYES    HOT   SPRINGS— A   resort   of   well  known    excellence,   famed 

for    its    health-giving    hot    baths — good    accommodations — An    hour 

and  a  half  from   San   Francisco. 
AGUA    CALIENTE — Spanish    for    "hot    water."      Nature's    healing    hot 

springs — two  hours  from   San   Francisco. 
HEALDSBURG — A  charming  town  in  a  prosperous  orchard  country — 

three  hours  from  San  Francisco. 
RUSSIAN   RIVER — Flows   through   the   great   redwood   groves,   and   is 

fascinatingly  beautiful;    the  railway  follows  it  for  nearly  100  miles. 
CLOVERDALE — On  Russian  River,  the  center  of  a  charming  summer 

home  colony,  three  hours   from  San  Francisco.    Stage  here   for  Wend- 

ling  and  Booneville. 
LAKE   COUNTY — "The   Switzerland   of  America,"   includes   wonderful 

mountain    scenery,    hundreds    of    mineral    springs,    good    hotels    and 

Clear   Lake — largest  fresh  water  lake  on  the  Coast. 
EUREKA  AND  THE  REDWOODS— This  company  taps  the  redwood 

belt   of   California.     On   a  trip   to   Eureka   over   the   new   line   these 

gigantic  trees  are  passed. 

For  free  booklets  or  descriptive  matter  consult  our  agents  or  address 
J.  J.  GEARY,  G.  P.  A.,  San  Francisco 

TICKET  OFFICES,  Sausalito  Ferry,  Foot  of  Market  Street,  and 
874  Market  Street,  San  Francisco 


155 


Palace  of  Education,  Cor.  of  Ave.  E  and  1st  Street 

Publishing  Interests  of 

Anti-Saloon  League  of  America 

Director,  Miss  Edith  M,  Wills,  Asst.  Editor  of 
The  Scientific  Temperance  Journal 

Safe  and  Sane  Helps  for  Progressive  Educators 

Consisting  of 
Pictorial  Charts,  Cartoons,  Models,  Books,  and  Special  Lec- 
tures by  Miss  Wills,  Normal  Instructor,  all  suggesting  unique 
and  practical  methods  of  presenting  Hygiene  and  the  Nature 
of  Cigarettes  and  Alcoholic  Beverages  and  their  unfavorable 
effects  upon  Athletics,  Scholarship,  Efficiency,  Success,  Health, 
Longevity,  Heredity,  etc. 

Special  Material  for  Teachers 

THE   20th   CENTURY   KIND 

New  Scientific  Temperance  Charts  (Athletics,  etc.) 

Handbook  of  Modern  Facts  About  Alcohol 

Scientific   Temperance   Journal 

Stereopticon   Slides  Anti-Cigarette   Charts 

You  are  cordially  invited  to  visit  us. 

Ask  for  the  Handsome  Souvenirs  and  Helps 
Reserved  for  You 


156 


EXHIBIT    OF    THE    WOMAN'S    CHRISTIAN    TEMPER- 
ANCE UNION— WORLD'S   AND   NATIONAL 


The  Study  of  Temperance  the  Most  Constructive  Study  in  the 

Public  School 

BECAUSE  the  child's  own  life  will  be  protected  and  moulded 

by  the  truth  concerning  alcohol. 
BECAUSE  through  the  teaching  of   the  child   the   nature  and 

effect  of  alcohol,  the  school  will  have  placed  its  hand  upon 

nearly  every  social  problem  of  the  nation. 
BECAUSE  the  next  generation  will  be  better  born  as  the  fath- 
ers and  mothers  better  understand  the  kind  of  degeneracy 

caused  by  drink. 
BECAUSE  crime  and  disease  will  decrease  as  the  light  of  truth 

shows  one  great  cause  lying  at  the  source  of  both. 
BECAUSE  always  the  greater  work  is  preventive  rather  than 

remedial  and  the  problem  of  how  to  live  aright  more  impor- 
tant than  how  to  reform. 

Along  these  constructive  lines  the  exhibit  has  been  prepared. 
The  textbooks  show  exactly  the  form  of  instruction  used.  The 
essays  of  the  school  children  give  a  practical  illustration  of  their 
understanding  of  the  truth  taught. 

Among  the  picture  panels  illustrating  varied  phases  of  the 
anti-alcohol  movement,  is  one  showing  that  the  annual  drink  bill 
of  the  United  States  is 

Six  Times  the  Cost  of  the  Panama  Canal. 

A  feature  which  instantly  focuses  the  visitor's  eye  is  a  cabi- 
net in  three  sections.  One  section  contains  "Alcoholic  Bever- 
ages," and  shows  the  amount  of  alcohol  found  in  each.  Another 
is  filled  with  "Temperance  Beverages"  and  visitors  are  asked  to 
"note  the  wide  variety  available."  The  third  section  tells  "What 
a  Dime  Will  Buy  Measured  in  Food  Values." 

Conspicuous  among  the  exhibits  is  the  famous  Polyglot 
Petition,  over  a  mile  in  length.  This  document  petitions  the 
governments  of  the  world  against  legalizing  the  sale  of  liquor 
and  opium  and  has  been 

Circulated  in  Fifty  Nations. 

Teachers  will  gain  much  from  a  study  of  this  temperance 
exhibit,  as  the  facts  presented  in  models,  statements,  illustra- 
tions and  comparisons,  show  graphically  how  application  can 
be  made  in  the  school  room. 

157 


A  FEW  OF*  POMONA,  CAL.,  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS 


POMONA,  California,  known  as  the  home  v>i  ihc  "Goddess 
of  Fruits,"  also  "The  Inland  City  Beautiful,"  is  in  a 
broad,  well  watered  valley  of  very  fertile  soil,  on  the 
extreme  eastern  edge  of  Los  Angeles  County. 

No  community  in  California  is  more  favorably  situated  as 
regards  an  even  climate,  picturesque  scenery,  abundance  of  irri- 
gation water,  pure  domestic  water,  railroad  facilities  (there 
being  three  transcontinental  and  one  interurban  electric  rail- 
ways, reaching  everywhere),  church  and  school  privileges.  Pop- 
ulation  15,000;  elevation  861  feet. 

The  soil  in  Pomona  Valley  is  sandy  loam ;  will  grow  prac- 
tically everything,  and  being  so  very  fertile  is  the  surest  of  all 
foundations  for  the  future  prosperity  of  the  city  and  valley. 

"Pomona  College,"  one  of  the  leading  colleges  of  the  West, 
with  an  enrollment  of  more  than  450  students,  is  located  at 
Claremont,  four  miles  N.   E.  of  Pomona. 

P'omona  has  19  modern  school  buildings ;  96  teachers,  2,800 
pupils.     The  champion  High  School  football  team  of  California. 

Some  of  Pomona  Valley  products,  viz:  Orange,  $5,000,000; 
Lemons,  $1,000,000;  English  Walnuts,  $360,000;  Alfalfa,  $550,- 
000;  Hay  and  Grain,  $250,000;  Poultry  Products,  $125,000; 
Dairy  Products,  $350,000;  Field  Grown  Roses,  $150,000;  Sugar 
Beets,  $500,000;  Potatoes,  $100,000;  Canned   Fruit,  3,500  tons. 

Immense  ice  plants,  brick  yards,  foundry,  galvanized  iron 
works,  planing  mills,  electric  heaters  and  toasters,  citrus  fruit 
by-products.    New  (1915)  modern  fireproof  hotel. 

The  finest  streets  and  boulevards.  Ornamental  lights.  A 
modern  city  in  every  respect.  For  further  information  write 
Pomona  Chamber  of  Commerce,  Pomona,  Cal. 


158 


Open  Air  Schools 

Elizabeth  McCormick  Memorial  Fund 


There  are  20,000,000 

school   children  in   the   United  States. 

They  spend  11,415  years 

in  school  rooms  every  school  day. 

Years  of  this  time  are  lost  '^ 

and    health   is   demaged,   due  to   the   effects   of  badly 
ventilated,  overheated  school  rooms. 

12,000,000  school  children 

have    physical    defects    which    interfere    with    school 
progress. 

Over  500,000  school  children 

have  physical  disabilities  so  serious  as  to  render  their 
school  experience  practically  valueless. 

The  Open  Air  School  advocates: 

I.     Fresh    Air    and    Hygienic    Rights    for    100%    of    the 
School  Children. 

II.  Medical  and  Nursing  Service  Adequate  to  Conserve 
and  Promote  the  Health  of  100%  of  the  School 
Children. 

III.     A  Special  School  Regime  Designed  to  Restore   the 
Debilitated  Child  to  Health  and  Efficiency. 

What  shall  it  profit  a  child  if  he  gain 
the  whole  curriculum  and  lose  his  health? 


Delegates  to  the  National  Education  Association  are  cordially  invited 
to  visit  the  Open  Air  School  Booth  at  Avenue  C  and  4th  Street,  in  the 
Palace  of  Education  and  Social  Economy — a  comprehensive  exhibit  of 
the  Open  Air  School  movement,  prepared  by  the  Elizabeth  McCormick 
Memorial  Fund,  315  Plymouth  Court,  Chicago.  In  the  preparation  of 
this  exhibit  the  Foundation  has  the  co-operation  of  the  U.  S.  Bureau 
of  Education  and  many  other  agencies  both  in  this  country  and  abroad. 
The  exhibit  consists  of  models,  photographs,  types  of  equipment,  charts, 
records,  forms,  plans  of  buildings  and  grounds,  and  other  material  which 
it  is  hoped  will  be  helpful  to  those  interested  in  the  subject. 

Delegates  are  invited  not  only  to  visit  the  booth  but  to  address  the 
office  of  the  Foundation,  315  Plymouth  Court,  Chicago,  for  information 
and  literature  on  the  subject. 

159 


SINGER   SEWING   MACHINE   EXHIBIT 
Palace  of  Varied  Industries — Section  7 


Every  educator  should  see  and  study  this  remarkable  exhibit, 
for  it  exemplifies  ECONOMICS, — industrial  and  home;  PHYS- 
ICS,— ingenious  application  of  mechanical  movements  to  a 
great  variety  of  stitching  in  manufactures;  GEOGRAPHY, — 
display,  on  typical  wax  figures,  of  national  costumes  made  on 
Singer  Machines  in  every  quarter  of  the  earth ;  ART, — repro- 


ductions of  paintings,  also 'wonderful  laces  and  embroideries — 
all  made  on  the  usual  type  of  Singer  family  sewing  machines. 

The  Singer  Company  makes  four  distinct  types  of  two-thread 
machines  for  Family  sewing,  also  "The  Singer  Automatic,"  a 
single-thread  bobbinless  machine. 

For  manufacturing  purposes  there  are  more  than  Two  Hun- 
dred distinct  types,  having  more  than  One  Thousand  variations 
for  special  purposes.  Forty  or  fifty  of  the  more  interesting  are 
shown  here  in  operation.  Liberal  free  distribution  of  literature 
containing  valuable  data  for  teachers. 


160 


THE  LAW  OF  HEALTH 

HEALTH  is  the  most  desirable  thing  in  the  world.  More 
people  can  have  it  than  anything  else.  If  you  are  not 
well  it  is  because  there  is  something  wrong  with  the 
machinery  of  your  body  which  ought  to  be  put  in  order. 

There  is  not  a  disease  or  disorder  of  the  body  in  which  the 
circulation  is  not  interfered  with.  In  health  the  blood  circulates 
freely  to  every  part  of  the  body.  It  brings  to  each  cell  the  par- 
ticular nourishment  that  it  needs.  It  carries  away  all  the  waste 
products,  and  these  are  eliminated  from  the  body  through  the 
proper  organs.  Thus  in  health  there  is  perfect  circulation  of  the 
blood.     Perfect  circulation  of  the  blood  is  health. 

When  there  is  not  free  circulation  of  the  blood,  disease  or 
derangement  has  commenced.  Nourishment  is  not  brought  to 
all  the  cells.  The  waste  products  are  not  all  carried  away;  and 
being  retained  in  the  system  they  become  poisonous.  Thus 
interference  with  the  free  circulation  of  the  blood  means  con- 
gestion, and  eventually  inflammation  in  some  part  or  organ 
of  the  body. 

When  an  organ  has  become  congested  and  inflamed  it  is  un- 
able to  do  its  work  properly.  The  nerves  share  in  the  disorder, 
and  as  they  control  the  circulation  reflex  eflfects  are  felt  in  other 
parts  of  the  body,  sometimes  a  good  ways  from  the  seat  of  the 
trouble. 

Every  disease  is  not  due  to  a  different  cause.  We  name  the 
disease  not  from  the  cause,  but  from  the  part  of  the  body 
affected.  A  great  many  conditions  which  we  give  other  names 
to  are  really  colds.  They  are  all  due  to  disturbances  of  the  cir- 
culation in  the  parts  affected. 

There  are  a  whole  list  of  digestive  troubles  which  are  really 
due  to  a  bad  circulation,  and  congestion  somewhere  in  the 
digestive  organs.  The  nourishing  of  the  body  is  not  going  on 
well.  Deterioration  and  disorder  of  the  circulation  are  respon- 
sible for  a  whole  brood  of  nervous  diseases.  Women  are  subject 
to  derangements  of  the  circulation,  giving  rise  to  many  serious 
and  painful  conditions.  In  children,  colds  and  catarrhal  condi- 
tions develop  adenoids,  and  earache  and  croupy  conditions. 

The  real  trouble  in  all  these  conditions  is  in  the  interference 
with  the  free,  regular  circulation  of  the  blood.  The  cure  lies  in 
getting  at  the  cause, — the  deranged  circulation  and  loss  of  tone 
in  the  nerves  controlling  it. 

— From,  The  Law  of  Health,  Copyrighted  and  Published  by 
The  Viavi  Company,  San  Francisco. 

161 


California  Recognizes  the  Merits  of 

Zaner  Writing 

By  adopting  it  for  use  throughout 
that  great  commonwealth 


^ 


Avail  yourself  of  its  pedagogical 
practical  service 

Rural,  town  or  city  schools  served 
equally  well 

NEW  MEXICO  also  adopted  it 


ADDRESS 

ZANER  &  BLOSER  CO. 

PENMANSHIP  SPECIALISTS 
COLUMBUS,  OHIO 


162 


A   DELIGHTFUL  TRIP 

One  of  the  scenic  rides  that  each  teacher  should  take  before 
leaving  Oakland  is  to 

Mills  College 

This  College  for  Women  is  ideally  situated  in  the  rolling 
hills  of  East  Oakland,  about  one-half  hour's  ride  from  the 
center  of  the  city,  and  is  reached  by  the  Mills  College  car.  It 
is  one  of  the  oldest  educational  institutions  in  the  State  and  its 
patrons  are  among  the  most  prominent  people.  Its  campus  is 
one  of  the  most  beautiful  in  the  land. 

The  entrance  requirements  to  Mills  College  are  equivalent 
to  those  of  the  State  University  and  Stanford  University. 
Graduates  of  the  College  do  creditable  post-graduate  w^ork  at 
the  different  universities,  and  in  some  cases  take  their  second 
degree  in  one  year  after  graduation. 

The  so-called  standard  departments  are  strong.  Public  play- 
grounds call  for  trained  overseers,  and  this  line  of  work  is  rep- 
resented by  a  w^ell  equipped  department  of  Physical  Education. 
The  demand  for  well  trained  women  in  Home  Economics  is  met 
by  a  strong  department  in  this  popular  field  of  work.  Special 
attention  is  given  to  the  health  and  care  of  the  students. 

Mills  College  aims  to  equip  young  women  for  efficient,  co- 
operative, unselfish  service  in  the  home  and  in  the  world. 

During  the  Exposition  the  College  is  maintaining  a  head- 
quarters at  the  Inside  Inn.  Visitors  are  most  welcome  at  the 
Mills  Alumnae  Room  in  this  building. 

But  better  than  this,  why  not  come  out  to  the  real  head- 
quarters and  see  the  College  itself  before  you  leave  Oakland? 


163 


CALIFORNIA'S     PETROLEUM 
INDUSTRY 

By  Alfred  Galpin 

STANDARD  Oil  Company  (Califor- 
nia) estimates  that  this  state  is 
now  contributing  aboi^t  two-fifths 
of  the  petroleum  production  of  the  United 
States,  and  more  than  one-fourth  of  the 
entire  world's  output.  Its  estimate  is 
based  largely  on  figures  compiled  by  the 
U.  S.  Geological  Survey,  Department  of 
the    Interior. 

What  California  (as  a  factor  in  the 
petroleum  trade)  most  lacked  when  the 
Standard  Oil  Company  began  its  big 
campaign  of  industrial  activity  in  1900 
were  refineries,  pipe-lines,  storage  facili- 
ties, tank  steamships — in  brief,  the  equip- 
ment necessary  to  operation  and  conse- 
quent development  of  the  industry. 
Furthermore,  it  lacked — and  it  needed — 
the  organization  necessary  to  the  build- 
ing up  and  supplying  of  the  markets. 
This  company  has  built  refineries — at  Richmond,  Cal.,  where 
it  has  one  of  the  most  complete  refining  plants  in  the  world ;  at 
El  Segundo,  in  the  southern  part  of  the  state ;  and  at  Bakers- 
field,  approximately  speaking  in  the  heart  of  the  oil-producing 
territory.  It  has  constructed  425  miles  of  pipe-lines,  carriers  of 
the  crude  product  to  the  refineries,  and  it  has  assembled  a  fleet 
of  27  oil-carrying  craft,  the  most  recent  addition  being  the 
"J.  A.  MofTett,"  built  in  San  Francisco,  one  of  the  finest  and 
largest  oil-carriers  afloat.  In  these  vessels,  and  in  those  of  its 
customers.  Standard  products  go  to  all  parts  of  the  world. 

Production  alone  has  never  made  an  industry ;  this  com- 
pany's distributing  facilities  are  one  of  its  chief  contributions  to 
California's  petroleum  success.  To  meet  the  demands  of  the 
consumer  it  has  established  a  circuit  of  250  stations,  extending 


A  "Section  36"  Gusher 


PIPE     LINE     PUMPING     STATION,     CORCORAN,     CAL. 


164 


STANDARD    OIL    COMPANY    REFINERY,    RICHMOND,    CAL, 

from  Alaska  to  San  Diego,  Cal. ;  in  the  north  as  far  east  as 
Spokane,  Wash. ;  in  the  south  to  Phoenix,  Ariz.,  and  to  the  west 
in  the  Hawaiian  Islands.  Motor  tank  trucks  and  tank  wagons 
operated  out  of  these  stations  supply  Standard  products  to  cus- 
tomers in  their  respective  fields.  This  service  is  augmented  by 
the  many  Standard  Service  stations  where  motorists  are  sup- 
plied with  gasoline  and  motor  oil. 

As  to  petroleum  products,  California  today  occupies  a  posi- 
tion which  she  can  point  to  with  pride,  and  her  standing  in  this 
regard  is  directly  due  to  this  same  efficient  organization,  the 
Standard  Oil  Company :  this  company,  besides  receiving  the 
Grand  Prize  for  its  *"General  Exhibit  of  Petroleum  and  Its 
Uses,"  at  the  Panama-Pacific  International  Exposition,  was 
awarded  gold  medals  on  practically  all  of  its  products ;  the 
exceptions  being  those  for  which,  there  being  no  competition,  a 
silver  medal  was  the  highest  award.  It  was  a  competition  from 
which  no  one  was  barred ;  it  was  open  to  the  world.  And  it 
resulted  in  a  sweeping  victory  for  the  California  company,  for  a 
California  industry,  and  for  California  oil.  It  is  an  acknowledg- 
ment that  the  Standard  Oil  Company  can  make  kerosene,  gaso- 
line and  lubricating  oils  out  of  California  crude  superior  to 
similar  products  made  elsewhere  out  of  other  crudes. 

For  refining  purposes  this  company  buys  much  crude  oil 
from  the  small  producers  operating  in  the  California  fields,  but 
it  is  itself  a  producer,  and  through  its  efforts  has  been  opened 
up  some  of  the  State's  best  oil  territory,  notably  "Section  36" 
in  the  Midway  Field.  Here  it  expended  over  a  million  dollars 
before  the  property  was  on  a  paying  basis,  though  finally  its 
efforts  were  rewarded  by  several  wells  that  have  made  petroleum 
history. 

Including  its  sales  force,  refinery  operators,  and  oil-field 
mechanics,  this  Company  employs  between  six  and  seven  thou- 
sand men. 

*N.    E.    A.    Members   Cordially    invited   to    inspect   this    Exhibit. 


S.    O.    C.    TANK    STEAMER    IN    PUGET    SOUND,    WASH. 


165 


KNOWN  THE  WORLD  OVER  BY 

USERS  AND 
LOVERS OF  TOOLS 

The  illustrations  on  this  page 
suggest,  in  a  hmited  way,  the 
extent  and  diversity  of  the 
STANLEY  line. 

Their  use  in  the  Schools 
throughout  the  United  States  is 
constantly  increasing. 

In  addition  to  hundreds  of 
tools  of  standard  design,  we 
manufacture  a  great  number  of 
novel  and  special  purpose  tools, 
combinations,  etc.,  that  will  ap- 
peal strongly  to  those  interested 
in  Manual  Training  Equipment. 

In  our  Sales  Organization  we 
have  a  special  department  de- 
voted exclusively  to  Manual 
Training  and  Vocational  School 
work  and  solicit  correspondence 
wherever  tool  equipment  is 
under  consideration. 

Our  catalogue  No.  34,  con- 
tains 148  pages  of  interesting 
tool  information.  May  we  send 
you  a  copy? 

Stan  ley  Rule  &  Level  Co. 

New  BRrTAiN.  Conn.  U.S.A. 


J^ 


'--■■'--•*-"*- ■"'^"' 


«a 


166 


N.  E.  A.  VISITORS 

Are  Cordially  Invited  to  Visit  the  Exhibit  of 

G.  &  C.  MERRIAM  CO. 


PALACE  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS,  SECOND  ST.  AND  D.  AVE. 
PANAMA-PACIFIC  EXPOSITION 

Educators  will  find  much  of  in- 
terest in  the  collection  of  former 
editions  of  this  world  authority, 
showing  a  copy  of  each  edition  from 
1806  to  the  present  time.  This  is 
a  marvelous  evolution  from  the 
small  book  of  1806,  which  was  Web- 
ster's first  attempt,  followed  by  the 
larger  two-volume  edition  of  1828, 
This  was  followed  by  an  edition  in 
1841.  Then  came  the  edition  of 
1847.  This  was  the  first  edition  published  by  the  G.  &  C.  Mer- 
riam  Co.  after  they  purchased  the  rights  from  the  Webster 
Heirs.  The  edition  of  1859  was  the  first  American  Dictionary 
to  make  use  of  illustrations.  This  was  followed  by  the  edition 
of  1864.  and  in  the  edition  of  1884,  the  now  well-known  and 
deservedly  popular  geographical  gazetteer,  was  added. 

In  1890  Webster's  International  Dictionary  was  published, 
and  a  supplement  giving  25,000  new  words  added  in  the  edition 
of  1900.  In  1909  was  issued  the  Webster's  New  International, 
with  Dr.  William  T.  Harris  as  editor-in-chief,  assisted  by  a  very 
capable  corps  of  editors.  In  1913  the  United  States  Census  Sta- 
tistics were  available,  and  the  gazetteer  was  thoroughly  revised 
and  brought  to  date.  In  1914,  the  many  new  words  which  have 
found  their  way  into  our  language  were  added  and  fully  defined. 

The  International  Jury  of  Awards,  Panama-Pacific  Exposi- 
tion, at  San  Francisco,  have  just  awarded  the  Me rriam- Webster 
Series  of  Dictionaries  Grand  Prize  (highest  award)  for  Superi- 
ority of  Educational  Merit.  Medal  of  Honor  for  Printing  and 
Binding.   Two  Gold  Medals  for  Editorial  Superiority. 


167 


KEY  TROLLEY   TRIP 


and  1:00  p.  m. 


Leaves  Ferry  Building,  San  Francisco: 
Leaves  12th  and  Broadway.  Oakland: 
Leaves      Key    Route    Inn,    Oakland: 

Round  Trip  Fare: 
The  famous  "Personally  Conducted"  trip 
vatlon  Car,  seeing  Oakland,  Berkeley,  Alameda,  University  of  California,  Greek 
Theater,  Havens  Art  Gallery  ($1,000,000  private  collection),  Piedmont,  Clare- 
mont,  and  all  points  of  interest  in  trans-bay  cities.  Sixty-elgnt  mile  tour 
for   One    Dollar.     The   favorite    local   trip. 


10:00  a. 

10:00  a. 
1:35  p.   m. 
$1.00. 
by    Steamer    and    Special    Obser- 


SEEING  SAN  FRANCISCO  AUTO  TRIP 

Leaves  No.  6  Powell  street  at  10:00  a.  m.  and  2:00  p.   m. 

Cars   call    at    hotels   for   passengers. 

Oakland   passengers    met   at    Ferry    Building. 

Round    Trip    Fare:     $1.00. 

A    2'/2    hour   tour    by    new    1915    moael    signt-teemg    auto,    covering    all    points 

of    interest    in    the    city — Downtown    District,    Civic    Center,    Golden    Gate    Park, 

Cliff    House,    Seal    Rocks,    Sutro    Heignts,    Presidio    IVIilitary    Reservation,    Forts 

and    Fortifications,     Birds-Eye    View    of     Exposition     and     great    San    Francisco 

Bay.      Every    interesting   point   seen    en   this    Big    Double   Trip. 


Mount    Hamilton — Observatory. 

EXPOSITION  ILLUMINATIONS  AND  CHINATOWN  TRIP 

Leaves   No.   6   Powell  street  at  8:00  p.    m. 

Cars   call    at    hotels   for   passengers. 

Oakland   passengers   met  at   Ferry    Building. 

Round    Trip    Fare:     $1.00. 

A    three-hour    evening    tour    by    sight-seeing    auto.      Viewing    the    Exposition 

Illuminations   and    Fireworks   from   top   of   Fillmore    Hill — the    most   spectacular 

sight   connected   with    the    Exposition.      Through    tour  of   famous    San    Francisco 

Chinatown   under  charge  of  experienced,   licensed   guide.     A   refined,   instructive 

and   Intensely  Interesting  trip. 

BAY  EXCURSIONS 
Leaves  Wharf  at  10:00  a.  m.  and  2:00  p.  m.  for  daytime  cruises. 
Round   Trip  Fare:     $1.00  for  daytime   cruises. 
A  three-hour  cruise  around  the  great   Bay  of  San    Francisco  on   new.  double- 
decked,  sight-seeing  excursion  steamers,  built  expressly  for  pleasure  and   sight- 
seeing parties.     Viewing  1,000  miles  of  shore  line  dotted  with   cities   and   towns; 
Embarcadero,    Dry    Docks,    Battleships,    Yerba    Buena    Island,    Alcatraz    Prison 
Island,   WInehaven,   Angel    Island,   Presidio,   Golden    Gate,    Exposition,    Fortifica- 
tions.     Land    at    Exposition,    if   desired. 

OAKLAND  SIGHT  SEEING  AUTO  TRIP 

Leaves  No.  6  Powell  street  at  1:30.     Return,  6:00  p.  m. 

Cars  call   at  hotels  for  passengers,   1:15  to  1:30  p.   m. 

Round    Trip    Fare:     $1.50. 

By  Auto  all   the  way.     Seeing  Oakland   and    Berkeley.     Covers   all   points  of 

Interest,  Including  University,  Greek  Theater,  Piedmont,  Art  Gallery,   Highland 


168 


Drive.     Passengers  called  for  and  discharged  at  hotel  by  auto.     Auto  and  party 
cross  by  ferry.     Lecturer  accompanies  each   party.     Fare   includes  all  expenses. 

MT.  TAMALPAIS  AND  MUIR  WOODS  TRIP 
Leaves  Ferry  at  9:15  a.  m.,  10:45  a.  m.,  11:45  a.  m.,  1:45  p.  m.,  5:15  p.  m. 

Round  Trip  Fares:    $1.90  for  either;  $2.90  for  both. 
Most    wonderful    mountain    railway    trip,    via    the    crookedest    railroad    In    the 
world.      Panoramic    view   of    Bay    Region    from    mountain    top.      Mulr    Woods    is 
the   only   forest   of   "Big    Trees"    near   this    city.      This    Is    an    all-day    trip    and 
should    be   taken    by   starting    in    the   forenoon. 

PALO  ALTO  AND  STANFORD  UNIVERSITY 
Seven- Passenger    Automobile    Trip 
Leaves  No.  6  Powell  street  at  9:00  a.   m.  to  2:00  p.   m.,  on  even   hour. 
Cars   call    at    hotels   for    passengers. 
Round    Trip    Fare:     $2.00. 
Delightful    70-mile    tour    by    seven-passenger    automobile    through    the    most 
beautiful    section    of   California — the   country    homes    of    San    Francisco    million- 
aires:     Burlingame,    San     Mateo,     Redwood    City,    to    Palo    Alto,    the    home    of 
Stanford    University.      A    five-hour   trip. 


Stanford  University. 

SAN  JOSE  AND  SANTA  CLARA  VALLEY 

Seven -Passenger   Automobile    Trip 

Leaves  No.  6  Powell  street  at  9:00  a.  m.  to  2:00  p.  m.,  on  even  hour. 

Cars   call    at    hotels   for   passengers. 

Round    Trip    Fare:     $3.00. 

This  is  a  110-mlle  tour  by  seven-passenger  automobile,  traversing  all  covered 

by  the   Palo  Alto  trip   and  continuing   through    beautiful   Santa    Clara   Valley  to 

San    Jose.     The    roads   are   the    best    in    the    world;     the    splendor    of    landscape 

unequalled;  the  richness  of  environment  unsurpassed.  This  Is  a  seven-hour  trip. 

SPECIAL  "ALL-EXPENSE"  TOURS 

MT.  HAMILTON  AND  LICK  OBSERVATORY— By  seven-passenger  auto- 
mobile, leaving  No.  6  Powell  street  at  1:00  p.  m.  the  first  day  and  returning  at 
12:00  m.  the  second  day.     All  expenses,  $12.50. 

YOSEMITE  VALLEY — 3,  4,  5,  or  more  days'  trip.  All  expenses  Included 
In   ticket.     Prices  on   application. 

PRIVATE  AUTOMOBILES,  STEAMERS,  LAUNCHES,  SIGHT-SEEING 
AUTOS,  TROLLEY  CARS,  etc.,  furnished  for  private  parties.  Party  rates 
allowed   on   all   trips  and   tours.      Prices  on    application   to 


GOLDEN  WEST  TOURS,  INC. 

TICKET  OFFICES  AND    INFORMATION    BUREAUS 


IN    OAKLAND: 
At   Kahn's, 
16th    and    Broadway, 
Phone    Lakeside  1. 


IN    SAN    FRANCISCO: 
6    Powell    St.,    Near    Market, 
and  854  Phelan    Building, 
Phone   Sutter  3350. 


169 


"Where  is  the  man  who 
can  live  without  dining' 


Colonial  Cafeterias 

422-428  TdirteentK  St. 
413-417  Titirteenth  St. 

Bet.  Broadway  and  Franklin         Oakland^  Clal. 


Tbe  Oakland   Bank 
of  Sayings 

The  Oldest  and  Largest  Bank  In  Alameda  County 
Im  RESOURCES  OViER  $27,000,000.00 

Savings,   Commercial   and   Trust 
Safe  Deposit  Vaults 

4  Per  Cent  Interest  Paid  on  Savings  Accounts. 
N.  E.  Corner    Twelfth    and  Broadway,    Oakland 


Oakland  Branch: 

1240  Seventh  Street 


Berkeley  Branch: 
Shattuck  Ave.  and  Center  St. 


170 


Laboratory  Furniture 


INTERNATIONAL  STANDARD 

of 

QUALITY 

CALIFORNIA    DISTRIBUTORS 


SAN     FRANCISCO 


171 


We  Started  in  1888 


L.   A.   office   est.    Nov.,   1888,    by 
C.   C.    Boynton 

S.    F.    office    est.    Dec,    1896,    by 
Calvin   Esterly 

We  are  consulted  by  the  lead- 
ing school  men  of  the  state,  both 
for  teachers  and  for  positions. 
We  recommend  teachers  on  our 
own  letter  heads,  over  our  own 
signatures,  not  simply  asking 
them  to  apply  without  backing. 


Boynton-Esterly  Teachers'  Agency 

Members  National  Association  of  Teachers'  Agencies 

(Affiliated  with   N.   E.  A.  Meeting,  Oakland,  Aug.  23) 

LICENSED    IN    CALIFORNIA    BY   CITY   AND   STATE 

517   Brockman    BIdg.,   L.  A.  502  Kamm   BIdg.,  S.  F. 

7th  and  Grand  Ave.  717  Market  St.,  near  3d 


The  Fisk  Teachers'  Agencies 


Boston 
Denver 


New  York 
Portland 


Washington 
Berkeley 


Chicago 
Los  Angeles 


40,000    POSITIONS    FILLED 

ESTABLISHED     1885 


BERKELEY,   CALIFORNIA 
2161   SHATTUCK  AVE. 

Managers: 
John    B.   Stearns 
J.  M.  Hahn 

Telephone,    Berkeley   4171 


LOS   ANGELES,    CALIFORNIA 
343   DOUGLAS   BLDG. 

Managers: 
Ralph    W.    Coddington 
Mary    L.   Coddington 
Ethel  W.  Tudbury 
Thomas  J.  Davis 


CALIFORNIA  REFERENCES— By  Permission 


Hon.  Edward  Hyatt,   State  Supt. 
Prof.  A.  F.  Lange,  Univ.  of  Cal. 
Prof.  E.  P.  Cubberley,  Stanford  Uv. 
Prof.  R.  G.  Boone,  Univ.  of  Cal. 


A.  C.  Barker,  City  Supt.,  Oakland 
M.  C.  James,  City  Supt.,  Berkeley 
C.  C.  Hughes,  City  Supt..  Sacram'to 
J.  C.  Templeton,  C'y  Supt.,  Modesto 


Arthur  Henry  Chamberlain,   State  Director  N.   E.   A. 

For  the  past  three  years  the  Flak  Teaoliers'  Agencies  have  filled  more 
positions  In  California  than  in  any  other  State.  Correspondence  and  Inter- 
views Invited. 


172 


Going   to   School    at  the    Panama-Pacific    International    Exposition. 


VITALIZING  AN  EDUCATIONAL  EXHIBIT 

Interesting    Facts    About    the     Standard     Commercial     School 
Exhibit,  Palace  of  Education,  Panama-Pacific  Exposition 

Forty  students  taking  regular  commercial  course.  March  29 
to  September  20.  Selection  based  on  examination  in  English, 
arithmetic,  and  personality. 

Tuition,  supplies,  and  admission  to  Fair  free  by  courtesy  of 
Exposition  officials  and  Companies  participating  in  Exhibit. 

Classes  in  session  every  day  except  Sunday.  Hours  10  to  4. 
Special  demonstrations  every  afternoon.  Course  includes  Gregg 
vShcrthand,  Rational  Typewriting,  Palmer  Penmanship,  2Cth 
Century  Bookkeeping,  Office  Training  for  Stenographers,  Public 
Speaking,  Business  Correspondence,  and  Commercial  Law. 

Remington  Typewriters,  Y.  &  E.  filing  equipment,  and  C. 
F.  Weber  Co.  school  furniture  used  exclusively. 

Monday,  August  30,  is  "Standard  Commercial  School  Day" 
at  the  Exposition.  Members  of  the  N.  E.  A.  are  cordially 
invited  to  visit  the  school  and  attend  the  Commencement  Exer- 
cises, which  will  be  held  at  4  p.  m.  in  the  Court  of  Abundance, 
P.-P.  I.  E.,  August  30,  1915. 

i7i 


GREGG  AND  GROWTH 


'>J  cr\t\    «-Tr'H/-v/-r»nP>iicr>e 


FOR  STENOCPAPHERS. 


(Vpartmcnt  of  Sducxilba 
Rivin  S  Pom- 


Fifteen  years  ago  Gregg 
Shorthand  was  taught  in  less 
than  200  schools  in  the  United 
States.  Today  it  has  passed 
the  3000  mark.  It  will  continue 
to  grow  because  it  has  the  es- 
sentials of  growth.  At  the 
Standard  Commercial  School 
Exhibit,  Palace  of  Education, 
forty  boys  and  girls  are  every 
day  demonstrating  to  thou- 
sands the  three  fundamental 
features — Accuracy,  Legibility, 
Speed. 

Today  over  1250  cities  are 
teaching  Gregg  Shorthand,  and 
they  are  all  progressive  cities. 
In  1914  alone  over  400  schools 
adopted  Gregg,  among  them 
the  leading  high  schools  and 
colleges  in  the  country.  In 
New  York  City  the  Board  of 
Education  has  adopted  Gregg 
Shorthand  for  a  period  of  five 
years.  And  early  this  summer  the  City  of  Oakland,  California, 
adopted  Gregg  Shorthand  exclusively  for  four  years. 

The  fifty  or  more  institutions  of  higher  learning  using  Gregg 
Shorthand  include  Columbia  University,  University  of  Cali- 
fornia, Syracuse  University,  University  of  Virginia  and  Sim- 
mons' College  of  Boston,  Mass.  And  among  the  leading  cities 
teaching  Gregg  Shorthand  are  New  York,  Seattle,  Boston,  Oak- 
land, Rochester,  Denver,  St.  Paul,  Kansas  City,  and  Indianapolis. 
It  would  take  at  least  four  pages  of  this  type  to  give  all  the  cities 
that  are  now  using  Gregg  Shorthand,  and  it  would  take  about  the 
same  space  to  give  the  names  of  schools  that  have  changed  to 
Gregg  after  having  tried  the  other  systems  of  shorthand. 

THE  RATIONAL  IDEA  IN  TYPEWRITING 

What  the  Gregg  Manual  has  brought  about  in  the  shorthand 
world,  Rational  Typewriting  has  accomplished  in  the  realm  of 
typewriting.  The  fifty-word-a-minute  records  of  students  at  the 
Exposition  school  and  the  phenomenal  speed  records  of  Blaisdell 
and  Trefzger,  demonstrating  at  the  Underwood  booth  in  the 
Liberal  Arts  Palace — are  both  effects  of  the  same  cause — 
Rational  Typewriting. 

The  command  of  the  entire  keyboard  comes  by  easy  stages. 
The  system  does  away  with  discouragement;  instead   it  gives 


r 


1 


174 


the  student,  especially  the  beginner,  a  feeling  of  gradual  con- 
quest over  the  technical  difficulties.  Throughout  the  course  the 
student  feels  he  is  "getting  there." 

Rational  Typewriting  is  used  approximately  in  half  of  all 
the  schools  of  the  country  in  which  typewriting  is  taught,  includ- 
ing most  of  the  leading  business  colleges,  and  many  of  the  high 
schools  of  large  cities. 

OFFICE  TRAINING  FOR  STENOGRAPHERS 

This  valuable  textbook  is  second  only  to  actual  business  experi- 
ence. It  "eliminates  the  beginner,"  as  one  student  has  aptly  put  it, 
by  making  the  office  training  an  integral  part  of  the  regular 
course  of  study.  Every  important  phase  of  actual  business  is 
treated  in  a  most  interesting  way  with  the  aid  of  artistic  colored 
illustrations  of  office  appliances  and  equipment.  Mr.  Rupert 
P.  SoRelle,  the  author,  creates  a  business  atmosphere  in  the 
classroom  that  makes  for  highly  efficient  work.  One  cannot 
read  this  admirable  text  without  recognizing  its  vast  superiority 
over  any  similar  publication.  The  twelve  sections  include  every- 
thing from  the  Letter  of  Application,  and  Letter  Filing  to  Meet- 
ing Callers  and  Editing  Dictated  Matter.  The  last  section  is  a 
comprehensive  summary — A  Day's  Work — Being  the  Co-ordi- 
nation of  the  Work  of  Previous  Days  Into  an  Organized  Whole. 


Teachers  of  Gregg  Shorthand  at  University  of  California  during  Summer  Session 

175 


THE  NEED  OF  PENMANSHIP  REFORMATION 
By  A.  N.  Palmer 


Mr.  Palmer  complimenting  the  muscular  movenent  writing  of  a  seccnd- 
grade  pupil  In  the  Palmer  Method  School  and  exhibit  room  over  moving  picture 
booth   No.  2,  in  the  Palace  of   Education   of  the   Panama-Pacific   Exposition. 

More  than  a  million  little  children  with  impaired  eyesight 
and  twisted  spines  are  offered  today  as  silent  evidence  that  some 
one  blundered  in  the  methods  of  teaching  penmanship  a  few 
years  ago, — a  million  monuments  to  the  manner  in  which  we 
did  not  teach  properly. 

One-half  of  the  time  now  given  to  written  tasks  might  be 
saved  to  be  given  to  other  urgent  duties. 

Ninety  per  cent  of  the  errors  now  caused  by  illegible  writing 
might  be  avoided  by  teaching  muscular  movement  writing  during 
the  child's  first  years  in  school,  and  yet  some  teachers  cannot  see 
that  the  proper  teaching  of  writing  is  the  most  important  duty 
she  has  to  perform.  Many  little  children  are  allowed  to  suspend 
their  arms  above  the  desks  and  make  large  characters  during 
their  first  year  or  two  in  school — not  only  allowed  but  required 
to  do  so.  only  to  be  told  later  on  that  they  must  not  do  so. 
Think  of  it !  The  average  pupil  in  the  schools  of  the  United 
States  does  not  reach  the  sixth  grade,  and  yet  we  waste  one. 
two  or  even  three  years  of  his  training  in  improper  methods  of 
teaching  writing.  Is  it  a  wonder  that  our  writing  is  the  basis 
of  unlimited  reproach? 

There  is  no  longer  the  least  reason  why  any  normal  boy  or 
girl  should  leave  our  schools  unable  to  write  a  rapid  legible 
style  of  business  penmanship.     Not  only  is  this  true,  but  when 


(Note:     When  the  International  Jury  of  Awards  met  they  awarded 
Mr.  Palmer  a  medal  of  honor  as  a  collaborator  in  educational  reform.) 

176 


we  as  school  men  fail  to  develop  a  child  in  this  most  essential 
subject,  we  start  that  child  in  life  with  a  handicap  as  serious  as 
if  we  failed  to  develop  proper  speech. 

Only  a  few  years  ago  writing  was  looked  upon  as  a  non- 
essential, so  much  so  that  it  was  dropped  from  the  normal 
schools  of  almost  every  state  in  the  Union.  The  result  has  been 
a  generation  of  teachers  unable  to  write,  and  naturally  unable 
to  teach  children  to  write. 

During  this  interim  business  has  gone  steadily  onward. 
Competition  has  become  keen.  Efficiency  is  the  watchword. 
Time  has  become  a  dominant  factor.  Our  boys  and  girls  must 
learn  to  write  if  they  are  to  take  their  place  in  the  business 
world,  and  to  provide  such  training  hundreds  of  private  schools 
and  business  colleges  have  sprung  up  and  flourished — their 
chief  mission,  it  would  seem,  being  to  amend  the  deficiencies  of 
our  own  public  school  system. 

Today  our  schools  face  a  serious  problem  as  a  result  of  the 
conditions  thrust  upon  them  by  our  sincere  but  short-sighted 
predecessors.  Our  schools  are  filled  with  teachers  who  cannot 
write  a  business  hand,  much  less  teach  a  pupil  to  do  so.  Serious- 
minded  superintendents  are  employing  supervisors  of  penman- 
ship, but  the  infrequency  of  their  visits  to  rooms  serves  to 
render  their  service  more  or  less  ineffective. 

In  an  effort  to  aid  these  superintendents.  The  A.  N.  Palmer 
Company  several  years  ago  planned  a  course  for  teachers  which 
might  be  had  without  cost  to  them,  and  which  might  be  carried 
on  without  interfering  with  the  regular  duties  of  the  teacher. 
The  underlying  reasons  for  the  course  were  these :  If  special 
teachers  making  but  one  visit  to  a  room  each  week  are  of  value 
(and  every  school  man  admits  they  are),  it  was  but  reasonable 
to  suppose  that  when  every  teacher  we  have  becomes  a  thor- 
oughly trained  teacher'  of  writing,  supervising  the  writing  of 
her  children  during  the  seventy-five  periods  each  week  instead 
of  one  period,  we  will  have  satisfactory  writing. 

There  are  many  places  in  the  United  States  today  where 
every  child  in  the  upper  grades  is  a  good  business  writer — there 
are  counties  in  which  the  patrons  of  the  rural  schools  have 
teachers  who  hold  the  Palmer  Method  Teachers'  Certificate,  and 
develop  expert  business  writers. 

Members  of  the  National  Education  Association  and  visitors 
to  the  Panama-Pacific  Exposition  should  visit  the  class  and 
exhibit  room  of  the  Palmer  Method  of  Penmanship  over  mov- 
ing picture  booth  two,  and  the  Standard  Commercial  School  in 
the  Palace  of  Education.  In  the  Palmer  Method  Exhibit  will 
be  found  at  all  times  expert  instructors,  who  will  give  free  les- 
sons to  those  who  desire  them.  Mr.  Palmer  will  be  in  attend- 
ance much  of  the  time.  At  3:15  o'clock  each  afternoon  a  Palmer 
Method  teacher  conducts  a  writing  lesson  in  the  Standard  Com- 
mercial School. 

177 


Remington    Typewriter 
Company   Awards 

at  the 

Panama-Pacific 

International 

Exposition 

(Confirmed  by  Superior  Jury) 

Outrank  and  Outnumber  All  Others  in  Its  Line 


Grand  Prize — For  "Excellence  of  Its  Product." 

Gold  Medal  of  Honor — For  Its  "Educational  Value." 

Gold  Medal — For  "Flexibility  and  Wide  Range  of  Its  Combined 
Typewriting  and  Adding  Machine."   (Wahl  Mechanism.) 

Gold  Medal — For   "Quality  and   Variety"   of   "Remtico"   Type- 
writer Ribbons  and  Carbon  Papers'. 


The  Highest  Possible;  A  ward  in  Every  Department 
of  Our  Business 


Remington  Typewriter  Company 

(INCORPORATED) 

New  York  and  Everywhere 


178 


THE  REMINGTON  TYPEWRITER  COMPANY 

The  Remarkable  Part  Which  It  Has  Played  in  the  Development 
of  the  Modern  System  of  Commercial  Education 

THE  Standard  Commercial  School  in  the  Palace  of  Edu- 
cation at  the  Panama-Pacific  Exposition  is  exactly  what 
its  name  implies.  It  is  at  once  an  epitome  and  a  prac- 
tical working  example  of  all  the  best  ideas  which  have  been 
evolved  by  the  modern  system  of  commercial  education. 

Such  being  the  nature  and  purpose  of  the  school,  the  choice 
of  the  Remington  Typewriter  as  its  exclusive  writing  machine 
equipment  was  natural  and  inevitable.  Several  factors  entered 
into  this  choice,  any  one  of  which  might  well  have  been  deci- 
sive. The  fact  that  the  Remington  is  "the  recognized  leader 
among  typewriters"  would  have  been  sufficient.  So  also  would 
the  fact  that  all  recent  typewriter  improvements  are  Reming- 
ton improvements ;  a  truth  which  is  amply  substantiated  by  the 
history  of  typewriter  progress  during  the  past  few  years.  Back 
of  both  of  these  facts,  however,  is  another  which  is  the  most 
significant  of  all.  In  selecting  the  Remington  as  the  sole 
medium  of  typewriter  instruction,  the  Standard  Commercial 
School  simply  recorded  the  aggregate  judgment  of  all  the 
schools  of  America,  which  use  more  Remington  typewriters 
than  all  other  makes  combined. 

What  is  the  number  of  Remington  Typewriters  employed 
for  instruction  purposes  in  the  school  rooms  of  America?  The 
Remington  Typewriter  Company  makes  a  practice  every  few 
years  of  instituting  a  complete  census  of  all  the  schools  of  the 
country,  public,  private  ^nd  religious,  in  which  typewriting  is 
taught,  to  determine  the  exact  size  of  their  typewriter  equip- 
ments. The  last  Remington  school  census,  taken  a  little  less 
than  three  years  ago,  showed  a  total  of  42,216  Remington  Type- 
writers used  for  instruction  purposes  in  the  schools  of  the 
United  States  and  Canada,  which,  as  above  stated,  is  more  than 
all  other  makes  combined.  A  new  Remington  census  is  now  in 
progress,  and  so  great  has  been  Remington  expansion  in  this 
field  during  the  past  three  years  that  it  is  confidently  expected 
that  this  latest  Remington  census  will  show  a  total  of  not  less 
than  50,000  Remington  Typewriters  employed  in  the  cause  of 
commercial  education  in  the  United  States  and  Canada  alone. 
These  figures  are  impressive ;  to  most  people  they  are 
astounding.    They  justify  the  statement  that  commercial  educa- 

179 


tion  itself  in  its  modern  development  is  a  child  of  the  type- 
writer, and  in  a  special  sense  of  the  Remington  Typewriter — 
the  creator  and  founder  of  the  industry.  This  fact  is  best  real- 
ized by  comparing  the  status  of  commercial  education  at  the 
time  of  the  advent  of  the  Remington  Typewriter  40  years  ago, 
with  its  enormous  development  at  the  present  day.  It  is  true 
that  in  the  United  States,  at  least,  the  commercial  school  ante- 
dated the  typewriter.  Such  commercial  schools  as  existed  40 
years  ago,  however,  were  few  in  number  and  were  concerned 
only  with  the  general  business  course.  Nevertheless  these 
schools  provided  a  ready-made  vehicle  for  shorthand  and  type- 
writing instruction  and  the  development  of  the  shorthand  and 
typewriting  course  to  its  present  magnitude  has  been  a  natural 
sequence. 

In  practically  every  foreign  country,  however,  it  can  be 
asserted  without  qualifications  that  commercial  instruction  owes 
its  genesis  to  the  Remington  Typewriter  Company.  The  Old 
World  countries,  at  the  time  the  Remington  Typewriter  first 
invaded  these  markets,  had  no  parallel  whatever  to  the  com- 
mercial school  as  we  know  it  today.  It  was  necessary,  there- 
fore, in  introducing  the  typewriter  into  these  countries  not  only 
to  sell  the  machine  but  also  to  provide  the  operators.  Hence 
the  creation  and  development  in  all  of  these  countries  of  the 
"Remington  School"  owned  and  operated  by  the  Remington 
Typewriter  Company  or  its  representatives — which  schools  have 
constituted  the  models  and  prototypes  for  all  similar  institu- 
tions. Perhaps  in  no  country  has  the  contribution  of  the  Rem- 
ington Typewriter  Company  to  the  cause  of  commercial 
education  been  more  impressively  illustrated  than  in  British 
India.  The  Remington  schools  which  are  found  in  all  the 
leading  cities  of  India  are  practically  the  sole  source  through 
which  the  British  Indian  government  obtains  its  supply  of 
native  stenographers  and  typists.  Hence,  these  schools,  al- 
though strictly  private  institutions,  enjoy  a  certain  official 
status. 

When  all  the  facts  are  analyzed,  it  will  surprise  no  one  that 
the  Remington  has  been  the  most  potent  factor  in  the  develop- 
ment of  commercial  education.  Modern  commercial  education 
has  arisen  in  response  to  the  demands  of  modern  business  and 
the  greatest  of  all  the  achievements  of  the  typewriter  is  the 
revolution  which  it  has  wrought  in  modern  business  itself.  It 
cannot  be  doubted  that  the  means  for  the  more  expeditious 
transaction  of  business,  provided  by  the  writing  machine,  has 
been  the  main  cause  of  the  unparalleled  business  expansion  of 
the  past  generation. 

180 


Gold  Medal  Award 


TO  THE 


Yawman  andErbeMfg.  Co. 

On  Equipment  for  Instruction  in   Filing  and 

Indexing  Methods  in  Practical  Operation 

in  the 

Standard  Commercial  School 

Panama-Pacific  International  Exposition 

GIVE  TOUR  STUDENTS  MORE 
EARNING  POWER 

Instruct  them  in  Modern  Systems  and  Methods  of 
Filing,  using  the  Y.  &  E,  Educational  Outfits 

Visit  the  Exhibit  at  the 
Standard  Commercial  School,  Palace  of  Education 

Write   for  Booklet   2598 

YaWMAN  and  gRBE  ]y[FG.  QO, 
ROCHESTER,  NEW  YORK 

n 

San  Francisco  Branch 
712-16  Mission  Street,    San  Francisco,  California 


181 


STANDARD  COMMERCIAL  SCHOOL  EXHIBIT 

Gold  Medal  Award 


TO 


G.  F.  Weber  Company 

FOR 

School  Furniture  and  Equipment 

Exhibited  at  Standard  Commercial  School 
Palace  of  Education,  P.-P.  I.  E. 

Members  of  the  N.  E.  A.  invited  to  visit  our  unexcelled  line 
of  School  Furniture  and  Supplies. 

C.  f.  WEBER  I  COMPANY 

365  MARKET  STREET  512  SO.  BROADWAY 

SAN  FRANCISCO,  CAL.  LOS  ANGELES,  CAL. 

340  N.  VIRGINIA  ST. 

RENO,  NEVADA 


182 


The  Primary  School 


is  beginning  to  receive  the  attention  it  deserves.  See  the 
model  of  the  new  Primary  School  at  Sacramento, 
designed  by  Shea  &  Lofquist,  Architects  of  San  Fran- 
cisco, displayed  at  the  California  Education  Booth,  Pal- 
ace of  Education,  Panama-Pacific  Exposition. 

The  International  Jury  Awarded  this  Model  the 


Gold  Medal 


For  dignity  and  beauty  of  design,  heating,  lighting,  ven- 
tilation, sanitary  appointments,  open-air  facilities,  audi- 
torium and  other  points  of  merit,  this  school  stands 
superior.  Teachers,  school  officials  and  parents  are 
requested  to  visit  the  California  Booth  and  inspect  the 
model  and  photographs  of  this  school  designed  by 


SHEA  &  LOFQUIST 


742  MARKET  ST. 

SAN    FRANCISCO 


WALDCRAFT    LIQUID    DYES 

For     Stick     Printing,     Block     Printing, 

Stenciling. 

Eight  colors,  red,  yellow,  blue, 
orange,  reseda  green,  olive  green, 
brown,  black.  These  may  be  mixed 
to   produce    any    desired   changes. 

These  colors  are  ready  for  use.  They 
will  not  freeze  or  deteriorate  and  are 
reasonably  durable  to  washing  and 
to  light.  They  may  be  applied  to 
paper,  cotton,  linen,  silk,  wool,  velvet, 
leather,  basket  materials,  wood.  They 
do  not  grum  or  change  the  texture  of 
any  of  these  materials. 


MODEL  AND  COSTUME  CHARTS 
These  charts  are  printed  on  water 
color  paper  12.xl8  inches  in  size.  Each 
chart  contains  a  model  figure  and 
four  complete  costumes,  one  for  sum- 
mer, one  for  winter,  a  coat  suit  and 
a  graduation  or  party  dress.  See 
illustration.  Extremes  in  figures  and 
costumes  are  carefully  avoided. 
WALDCRAFT  PEG  PRINTING  SET 
To  those  who  wish  to  place  in  each 
child's  hands  a  complete  outfit  for 
stick  printing  we  offer  the  WALD- 
CRAFT PEG  PRINTING  SET. 

For  descriptive  circular  write 


THE   WALDCRAFT   CO.,   1625    N.    Delaware   St.,    Indianapolis,   or   Coast   Agents, 
MILTON     BRADLEY    CO.,    20    Second    St.,    San    Francisco,    Cal. 


Members  of  the  N,  E.  A.  are  invited  to  make  the 

INSIDE   INN 

their  rendezvous  when  at  the  Exposition.  This  hotel  has  the 
very  best  cafe  service  within  the  Exposition  Grounds.  Reason- 
able rates. 

ALBERT  BETTEM,  Manager 


183 


College   Hall 

College  Hall,  the  first  dormitory 
built  for  the  women  students  of  the 
University  of  California,  is  on  the 
corner  of  Hearst  and  La  Loma  av- 
enue— facing  the  University  grounds 
on  the  south. 

Application  for  residence  should 
be  made  to  Mrs.  Davis,  Head  of 
College  Hall. 


THIS  BOOK  IS  FROM  THE  PRESS 
OF  BOLTE  &  BRADEN  COMPANY. 
ATTENTION  GIVEN  TO  WORK  OF 
QUALITY  IN  JOB  PRINTING,  LET- 
TER HEADS,  DISPLAY  CARDS, 
FOLDER,  PAMPHLET,  MAGAZINE 
AND  BOOK  PRINTING.  COLOR 
WORK  GIVEN  SPECIAL  ATTEN- 
TION.     THE    SHOP    OF    QUALITY. 

BOLTE    &    BRADEN    COMPANY 
50  MAIN  STREET,  SAN  FRANCISCO 


184 


,'<* 


N.  E.  A. 

Official  Pictures 

Will  Be  Made  by  the 

P.  P.  I.  E.  Official  Photographers 

Cardinell-Vincent  Co. 

STUDIO:     INSIDE    FILLMORE    GATE 
at  junction  of  Zone  and  Ave.  of  Progress 

BEST  PHOTOGRAPHY  AND  PROMPT  DELIVERY 
GUARANTEED 

Special  Attention  Given  to  Group  and  Individual  Portraits 

Visit  this  Studio  and  see  the  wonderful  coUecticn  of  Exposition 

Photographs  in  all  sizes  and  styles 

Also    Lantern   Slides   and   Transparencies 

CAMERAS  SOLD  AND  RENTED 

FILMS 

Quick    Service    Developing   and   Printing 

Beautiful  Hand  Tinted  Exposition  Photographs  for  Home  and 
School  Decoration 

Post  Cards,  Souvenirs  and  Films  can  be  obtained  at  our  Kiosks 
and   Stores   throughout   the   Grounds 

Any  special  picture  will  be  made  promptly  to  order  upon  request 

Don't  fail  to  feed  the  pigeons  in  the  Court  of  the  Universe. 
A  lot  of  fun  for  5c.     Pigeons  eat  from  your  hand. 

COUPON 

This  Coupon  is  good  for  10%  discount  at  the  Official  Photo- 
graphic Studio  on  any  purchase  when  presented  by  an  N.  E.  A. 
Member.  Studio:  Inside  Fillmore  Gate  at  junction  of  Zone  and 
Avenue  of  Progress. 

NO  DISCOUNT  WITHOUT  THE  COUPON 


185 


Greetings  to  all  who  read  this: 

IF  you  come  to  San  Francisco  to  visit  the  Panama-Pacific 
International  Exposition,  it  is  natural,  if  you  are  interested 
in  art,  to  see  the  Palace  of  Fine  Arts  first,  for  here  are  the 
-works  of  the  artists  of  the  past  and  present.  The  work  of  the 
future  artists,  however,  are  to  be  seen  in  the  Fine  and  Applied 
Arts  section  of  the  Palace  of  Education. 

Special  attention  is  here  called  to  an  exhibit  of  drawings, 
paintings,  designs,  and  craft  work  as  well  as  to  a  model  studio, 
all  of  this  work  having  been  done  by  students  of  the  California 
School  of  Arts  and  Crafts  in  Berkeley.  The  international  jury 
awarded  this  display  two  gold  and  one  silver  medal. 

If  you  attend  the  N.  E.  A.  meeting  in  Oakland  you  will  find 
another  exhibit  by  the  same  school  in  the  city  auditorium;  and 
if  you  come  to  Berkeley  do  not  fail  to  visit  the  art  school 
where  interested  visitors  are  always  welcome. 

If  you  are  unable,  however,  to  see  either  the  exhibits  or  the 
School,  but  are  interested  in  the  study  of  art,  write  to  Secretary 
for  an  illustrated  catalog. 

The  cover  design  of  this  magazine  was  made  by 
one  of  our  students 


2119  Allston  Way, 
Berkeley,  Cal. 


■Affi'^cins 


Frederick  H.  Meyer, 
Director 


THE  WONDER  OF  THE  EXPOSITION 
The  Half-Million  Dollar  Reproduction  of  the 

PANAMA  CANAL 

ON  THE  ZONE 

Acknowledged  by  Press  and  Public  to  Be  the  Premier 
Attraction  of  the  P.  P.  I.  E. 


The  Most  Stupendous  Scenic  Wonder  of  the  World 

Grand   Canyon  of   Arizona 


ON  THE  ZONE 


1^ 


Y£|-|    UANTEPEC  IVIEXICAN    VILLAGE    ON    THE    ZONE 

"The  Amusement  Feature  of  the  Exposition." — P^xtract  from  Public  Opinion. 
A  Bit  of  Oid  Aztec  Land,  presenting  CARLOTA  IVIILLANES,  iVIexican  Tetraz- 
zini;  RAFAEL  ALVAREZ,  IMexico's  Greater  Tenor;  MARIA  CABALLE,  Favorite 
of  the  Teatro  Principal,  Mexico  City;  FRANCISCO  ESCALERA,  Mexico's  Charlie 
Chaplin,  and  a  Company  of  wonderful  dancers  presenting  Mexican  dances  from 
the  time  of  the  ancient  Aztecs  to  the  present  day  with  two  score  ancient  Toltec 
and  Aztec  primitive  artists  and  artisans.  An  attraction  that  is  unique  and  gen- 
uine.    "JUST   LIKE  TAKING  A  TRIP   INTO  THE    HEART  OF  OLD   MEXICO." 

186 


The  An^elus 


Los  Angeles, Cal. 

Cor.  Spring  &  Fourth  Sts. 


Central  location  for  all 

city  and  interurban 

car  lines 

N.  E.  A. 
HEADQUARTERS 

Rates: 
Single  $1.50  &  upward 
Double  $2.50  &  upward 

THE 
ANGELUS  GRILL 

High  Class 

Moderate  Prices 

Looms  BROS.,  Props. 


Reeds — Chair  Cane 


BUY  OF  THE  MANUFACTURER 


American  Rattan  &  Reed  Mfg.  Co. 

Norman  and  Kingsland  Avenues 
Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

"We  Also   Supply   Raffia" 


187 


Surrounded  by  orchards,  vineyards,  grain  fields  and  comfortable  homes,  the 
Missions  of  California  stand  today  as  monuments  to  the  older  civilization.  The 
large  ranches  of  thousands  of  acres  have  been  cut  Into  small  holdings,  each 
a  paradise  in  itself. 


» 


» 


188 


IS  HE  CRAZY? 


I 

S 

H 
E 

C 
R 
A 
Z 

Y 

? 


i> 


1 


i2j  rfa 


55  .iX  ci> 
6S  ^.^ 


■SiS  0> 

=a  ^  t- 

<&  eg)  w 

^  ^  I- 


CHICKENS 


.  I . , , , , .  <3,a  o  Gi  fa  fi  o  r:> 
ONIONS.'  '^   POTATOES   ^^.'^ 

......  I  ■    f.;^  f^^  f^,  /D  (.?>   O  O  £> 

<?  'P  t^sSsPQO    »  ?  Y  t  »  tJ 

000<'i>Q<J>  ft  tf  »♦>. 


I 

s 

H 
E 

C 
R 
A 
Z 


THE  OWNER  OF  AN  ORCHARD  IN  THE  "VALLEY  OF 
HEARTS  DELIGHT"  (SANTA  CLARA),  IS  GIVING  AWAY 
SEVERAL  "LITTLE  ORCHARDS."  THE  ONLY  CONDI- 
TION IS  THAT  BERRIES  BE  PLANTED  BETWEEN  THE 
ROWS  OF  FRUIT  TREES  NOW  IN  BEARING.  THE 
OWNER  WANTS  ENOUGH  BERRIES  RAISED  TO  SUPPLY 
A  CANNING  FACTORY.  ONE  MAN  CLEARED  OVER  $700 
ON  LESS  THAN  HALF  AN  ACRE.  YOU 
CAN  SECURE  A  "LITTLE  ORCHARD" 
BY     WRITING     PENINSULAR     LAND      ^  pg„j„3„,3^ 


AND  INVESTMENT  COMPANY,  OR 
PHONE     DOUGLAS    2398.      THEY 
WILL  PLANT  AND  CARE  FOR 
YOUR    ORCHARD    FOR   $1.50 

PER  WEEK. 
SOME     THINK     THIS 
MAN     IS     CRAZY     FOR 
GIVING     AWAY     THE 
MOST     BEAUTIFUL 
AND   PRODUCTIVE 
LAND     IN     THE 
SANTA     CLARA 
VALLEY,     BUT 
THERE    MIGHT 
BE  SOME  METH- 
OD IN  HIS  MAD- 
NESS. 


Land  and 
Investment  Co. 

6th  Floor,  Mechanics' 
Institute  BuildiDE, 
San  Francisco 
Phone  Douglas  2398 

Send  further  particulars 
of  ^the  property  herein 
described  to 


Name 


Address 


189 


J 


SOME  NEW  PUBLICATIONS  of  the 

CAMBRIDGE  UNIVERSIH  PRESS,  ENGLAND 


Elementary  Text  Book  of  Zoology 
third  edition).  By  A.  E.  Shipley, 
Sc.D..  Hon.  D.Sc,  F.R.S.,  and 
E.  W.  MacBride,  M.  A,,  D.Sc, 
F.R.S.  $3.25. 
The  Investigation  of  Mind  In  Ani- 
mals. By  E.  M.  Smith.  90  cents. 
Volumetric     Analysis.       By     A.     J. 

Berry,  M.A.  $1.65. 
Introduction  to  Greek  Reading.  By 
George  Robertson,  M.A.  65  cents. 
Plane  Trigonometry.  By  A.  M.  Hard- 
ing, A.M.  (Chicago),  associate 
professor  of  mathematics.  Uni- 
versity of  Arkansas,  and  J.  S. 
Turner,  B.  A.  (Cantab),  in- 
structor in  mathematics.  Uni- 
versity of  Arkansas.  Price  $1.10 
with  tables,  90  cents  without 
tables. 
Commercial  Arithmetic  (with  or 
without  answers).  By  G.  S.  Kim- 
ball.   $1.50. 

VOLUMES    NOW    READY 
Sewage    Purification    and    Disposal. 

By   G.    B.    Kershaw.      $3.75. 
The      Chemical       Examination      of 
Water,  Sewage  and  Foods.  By  J. 
E.  Purvis,  M.A.,  and  I.   R.  Hodg- 
son,  M.A.      $2.75. 
The  Bacteriological  Examination  of 
Food  and  Water.     By  William  G. 
Savage,      B.Sc,      M.D.,      D.P.H. 
$2.25. 
Isolation    IHospitals.     By  H.   Frank- 
lin  Parson,    M.D.,    D.P.H.     $3.75. 
Flies  in  Relation  to  Disease:   Blood- 
sucking    Flies.       By     E.     Hindle, 
B.A.,    Ph.D.      $3.75. 
Flies  in    Relation  to  Disease:    Non- 
Bloodsucking     Flies.      By    G.     S. 
Graham-Smith,  M.D.  Second  Edi- 
tion.  Revised  and  Enlarged.  $3.50. 
(Others  in   active  preparation.) 
Infant  Mortality.  By  H.   T.   Ashby, 
B.A.,  M.D.,  B.C.,  M.R.C.P.  $3.25. 
Post- Mortem   Methods.   By  J.  Mar- 
tin  Beattie,  M.A.,   M.D. 
Cambridge   Manuals   of  Science 
and     Literature.     86    volumes 
now    ready,    others    in    active 
preparation.    Each,  40  cents  net. 
The  Sun.  By  R.  A.  Sampson.  D.Sc. 

F.R.S.     With    18   illustrations. 
Coal     Mining.      By    T.    C.    Cantrlll. 

With  16   illustrations. 
The   Making  of   Leather.     By  Prof. 
H.R.    Proctor.     With   15  illustra- 
tions. 
The  Royal  Navy.  By  John  Leyland. 
Military    History.     By    the   Hon.    J. 

W.  Fortescue. 
Economics    and     Syndicalism.      By 
Prof.  A.  W.   Kirkaldy. 


fi.  P.  PUTNAMS  SONS 


American  Repreaenlatives 
2  WEST  45th  ST.  NEW  YORK  CITY 


190 


5-10 

C 
B/T 


4 


University  of  California 

SOUTHERN  REGiONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 

405  Hilgard  Avenue,  Los  Angeles,  CA  90024-1388 

Return  this  material  to  the  library 

from  which  it  was  borrowed. 


L 


c 


iAf^ 


